US20150158952A1 - Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates - Google Patents

Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20150158952A1
US20150158952A1 US14/552,244 US201414552244A US2015158952A1 US 20150158952 A1 US20150158952 A1 US 20150158952A1 US 201414552244 A US201414552244 A US 201414552244A US 2015158952 A1 US2015158952 A1 US 2015158952A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
antibody
tenb2
cysteine engineered
cancer
cysteine
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/552,244
Inventor
Weiguang Mao
Jagath Reddy Junutula
Paul Polakis
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Genentech Inc
Original Assignee
Genentech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=40242684&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20150158952(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Genentech Inc filed Critical Genentech Inc
Priority to US14/552,244 priority Critical patent/US20150158952A1/en
Publication of US20150158952A1 publication Critical patent/US20150158952A1/en
Priority to US15/346,532 priority patent/US20170166635A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/05Dipeptides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/39558Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against tumor tissues, cells, antigens
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A61K47/48569
    • A61K47/48638
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6849Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a receptor, a cell surface antigen or a cell surface determinant
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6851Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6851Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell
    • A61K47/6869Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell the tumour determinant being from a cell of the reproductive system: ovaria, uterus, testes, prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6889Conjugates wherein the antibody being the modifying agent and wherein the linker, binder or spacer confers particular properties to the conjugates, e.g. peptidic enzyme-labile linkers or acid-labile linkers, providing for an acid-labile immuno conjugate wherein the drug may be released from its antibody conjugated part in an acidic, e.g. tumoural or environment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • C07K16/3069Reproductive system, e.g. ovaria, uterus, testes, prostate
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/574Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/574Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer
    • G01N33/57484Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer involving compounds serving as markers for tumor, cancer, neoplasia, e.g. cellular determinants, receptors, heat shock/stress proteins, A-protein, oligosaccharides, metabolites
    • G01N33/57492Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer involving compounds serving as markers for tumor, cancer, neoplasia, e.g. cellular determinants, receptors, heat shock/stress proteins, A-protein, oligosaccharides, metabolites involving compounds localized on the membrane of tumor or cancer cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/10Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by their source of isolation or production
    • C07K2317/14Specific host cells or culture conditions, e.g. components, pH or temperature
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/40Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by post-translational modification
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/51Complete heavy chain or Fd fragment, i.e. VH + CH1
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/515Complete light chain, i.e. VL + CL
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/77Internalization into the cell

Definitions

  • the invention relates generally to antibodies engineered with reactive cysteine residues and more specifically to antibodies with therapeutic or diagnostic applications.
  • the cysteine engineered antibodies may be conjugated with chemotherapeutic drugs, toxins, affinity ligands such as biotin, and detection labels such as fluorophores.
  • the invention also relates to methods of using antibodies and antibody-drug conjugate compounds for in vitro, in situ, and in vivo diagnosis or treatment of mammalian cells, or associated pathological conditions.
  • Antibody therapy has been established for the targeted treatment of patients with cancer, immunological and angiogenic disorders.
  • Transmembrane or otherwise tumor-associated polypeptides specifically expressed on the surface of cancer cells as compared to normal, non-cancerous cell(s) have been identified as cellular targets for cancer diagnosis and therapy with antibodies.
  • Identification of such tumor-associated cell surface antigen polypeptides, i.e. tumor associated antigens (TAA) allows specific targeting of cancer cells for destruction via antibody-based therapies.
  • ADC antibody-drug conjugates
  • cytotoxic or cytostatic agents i.e. drugs to kill or inhibit tumor cells in the treatment of cancer
  • Drug moieties used in antibody drug conjugates include bacterial protein toxins such as diphtheria toxin, plant protein toxins such as ricin, small molecules such as auristatins, geldanamycin (Mandler et al (2000) J. of the Nat. Cancer Inst.
  • auristatin peptides auristatin E (AE) and monomethylauristatin (MMAE), synthetic analogs of dolastatin (WO 02/088172), have been conjugated as drug moieties to: (i) chimeric monoclonal antibodies cBR96 (specific to Lewis Y on carcinomas); (ii) cAC 10 which is specific to CD30 on hematological malignancies (Klussman, et al (2004), Bioconjugate Chemistry 15(4):765-773; Doronina et al (2003) Nature Biotechnology 21(7):778-784; Francisco et al (2003) Blood 102(4):1458-1465; US 2004/0018194; (iii) anti-CD20 antibodies such as rituxan (WO 04/032828) for the treatment of CD20-expressing cancers and immune disorders; (iv) anti-EphB2R antibody 2H9 for treatment of colorectal cancer (Mao et al (2004) Cancer Research 64(3):781-788
  • auristatin E is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,767,237 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,124,431.
  • Monomethyl auristatin E conjugated to monoclonal antibodies are disclosed in Senter et al, Proceedings of the American Association for Cancer Research, Volume 45, Abstract Number 623, presented Mar. 28, 2004.
  • Auristatin analogs MMAE and MMAF have been conjugated to various antibodies (US 2005/0238649).
  • Analytical and preparative methods may be inadequate to separate and characterize the antibody-drug conjugate species molecules within the heterogeneous mixture resulting from a conjugation reaction.
  • Antibodies are large, complex and structurally diverse biomolecules, often with many reactive functional groups. Their reactivities with linker reagents and drug-linker intermediates are dependent on factors such as pH, concentration, salt concentration, and co-solvents. Furthermore, the multistep conjugation process may be nonreproducible due to difficulties in controlling the reaction conditions and characterizing reactants and intermediates.
  • Cysteine thiols are reactive at neutral pH, unlike most amines which are protonated and less nucleophilic near pH 7. Since free thiol (RSH, sulfhydryl) groups are relatively reactive, proteins with cysteine residues often exist in their oxidized form as disulfide-linked oligomers or have internally bridged disulfide groups. Extracellular proteins generally do not have free thiols (Garman, 1997, Non-Radioactive Labelling: A Practical Approach, Academic Press, London, at page 55). Antibody cysteine thiol groups are generally more reactive, i.e. more nucleophilic, towards electrophilic conjugation reagents than antibody amine or hydroxyl groups.
  • Cysteine residues have been introduced into proteins by genetic engineering techniques to form covalent attachments to ligands or to form new intramolecular disulfide bonds (Better et al (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 13:9644-9650; Bernhard et al (1994) Bioconjugate Chem. 5:126-132; Greenwood et al (1994) Therapeutic Immunology 1:247-255; Tu et al (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 96:4862-4867; Kanno et al (2000) J. of Biotechnology, 76:207-214; Chmura et al (2001) Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 98(15):8480-8484; U.S. Pat.
  • the protein oxidatively forms an intramolecular disulfide bond between the newly engineered Cys and an existing Cys residue, both Cys thiol groups are unavailable for active site participation and interactions.
  • the protein may be rendered inactive or non-specific, by misfolding or loss of tertiary structure (Zhang et al (2002) Anal. Biochem. 311:1-9).
  • Cysteine-engineered antibodies have been designed as FAB antibody fragments (thioFab) and expressed as full-length, IgG monoclonal (thioMab) antibodies (US 2007/0092940, the contents of which are incorporated by reference).
  • ThioFab and ThioMab antibodies have been conjugated through linkers at the newly introduced cysteine thiols with thiol-reactive linker reagents and drug-linker reagents to prepare antibody drug conjugates (Thio ADC).
  • TENB2 is a tumor associated antigen polypeptide (also known as PR1), and the TENB2 protein contains 2 follistatin-like domains and a conserved EGF-like domain.
  • the gene encoding the protein was first characterized from a human brain cDNA library (see Uchida, et al. (1999) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 266:593-602), and later isolated from a human fetal brain cDNA library (see Horie, et al. (2000) Genomics 67:146-152). See also, e.g., Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man, number 605734; Unigene Cluster Hs.22791; LocusLink 23671; and other linked sites.
  • TENB2 has been referred to as PR1, tomoregulin, TR, hyperplastic polyposis gene 1, HPP1, and TMEFF2. It's nucleic acid sequence can be identified by ATCC Accession Nos. AF264150, AB004064, AB017269, and AF179274; and it's amino acid sequence can be identified by ATCC Accession Nos. AAF91397, BAA90820, BAA87897, and AAD55776. TENB2's UniGene Cluster identification number is hs.22791, Locuslink identification number is 23671, and OMIM identification number is 605734.
  • the TENB2 polypeptide and the nucleic acid encoding that polypeptide are targets for quantitative and qualitative comparisons among various mammalian tissue samples.
  • the unique expression profiles of TENB2 polypeptide, and the nucleic acid encoding that polypeptide can be exploited for the diagnosis and therapeutic treatment of certain types of cancerous tumors in mammals.
  • anti-TENB2 antibodies including anti-TMEFF2 antibody #19
  • PCT/US03/07209 U.S. Ser. No. 10/383,447, filed Mar. 7, 2003, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248; Vinay et al., “Antibodies against Cancer Antigen TMEFF2 and Uses Thereof” the contents of which are incorporated by reference).
  • the invention includes a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody comprising one or more free cysteine amino acids and a sequence selected from SEQ ID NOS:8-23.
  • the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may bind to a TENB2 polypeptide.
  • Tumor-associated antigens such as TENB2 polypeptides can be prepared for use in generating cysteine engineered antibodies using methods and information which are well known in the art, and for example in PCT/US03/07209 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248).
  • the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may be prepared by a process comprising replacing one or more amino acid residues of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody by cysteine.
  • the one or more free cysteine amino acid residues of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody are located in a light chain or a heavy chain.
  • the invention includes a method of determining the presence of a TENB2 protein in a sample suspected of containing said protein, said method comprising exposing said sample to a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody and determining binding of said antibody to said TENB2 protein in said sample, wherein binding of the antibody to said protein is indicative of the presence of said protein in said sample.
  • Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies may be used as naked antibodies (unconjugated to a drug or label moiety) or as antibody-drug conjugates (ADC).
  • the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may be covalently attached to an auristatin drug moiety whereby an antibody drug conjugate is formed.
  • the antibody-drug conjugate may comprising a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody (Ab), and an auristatin drug moiety (D) wherein the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is attached through one or more free cysteine amino acids by a linker moiety (L) to D; the compound having Formula I:
  • An aspect of the invention is an assay for detecting cancer cells comprising: (a) exposing cells to an antibody-drug conjugate compound; and (b) determining the extent of binding of the antibody-drug conjugate compound to the cells.
  • An aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical formulation comprising the antibody drug conjugate, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.
  • An aspect of the invention is a method of inhibiting cellular proliferation comprising treating mammalian tumor cells in a cell culture medium with an antibody-drug conjugate compound, whereby proliferation of the tumor cells is inhibited.
  • An aspect of the invention is a method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient the pharmaceutical formulation.
  • the patient may be administered a chemotherapeutic agent in combination with the antibody-drug conjugate compound.
  • An aspect of the invention is an article of manufacture comprising the pharmaceutical formulation, a container; and a package insert or label indicating that the compound can be used to treat cancer characterized by the overexpression of a TENB2 polypeptide.
  • An aspect of the invention is a method for making a Formula I antibody drug conjugate compound comprising the steps of: (a) reacting an engineered cysteine group of the cysteine engineered antibody with a linker reagent to form antibody-linker intermediate Ab-L; and (b) reacting Ab-L with an activated drug moiety D; whereby the antibody-drug conjugate is formed; or comprising the steps of: (c) reacting a nucleophilic group of a drug moiety with a linker reagent to form drug-linker intermediate D-L; and (d) reacting D-L with an engineered cysteine group of the cysteine engineered antibody; whereby the antibody-drug conjugate is formed.
  • FIG. 1 shows the Heavy Chain sequence: SEQ ID NO: 1, and Light Chain sequence: SEQ ID NO:2 of humanized anti-TENB2 antibody, hu TMEFF2#19.
  • FIG. 2 shows the Heavy Chain sequence: SEQ ID NO:3, and Light Chain sequence: SEQ ID NO:2 of a humanized cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, A121C thio hu TMEFF2#19. Signal sequence is not included in the sequential numbering of anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • FIG. 3 shows alignment of humanized trastuzumab light chain (HuTMAb-LC, SEQ ID NO:4) and hu TMEFF2#19 light chain (SEQ ID NO:5). The numbering follows the sequential numbering convention.
  • FIG. 4 shows alignment of humanized trastuzumab heavy chain (HuTMAb-HC, SEQ ID NO:6), and hu TMEFF2#19 heavy chain (SEQ ID NO:7).
  • the numbering follows the sequential numbering convention.
  • FIG. 5 shows depictions of cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates (ADC) where a drug moiety is attached to an engineered cysteine group in: the light chain (LC-ADC); the heavy chain (HC-ADC); and the Fc region (Fc-ADC).
  • ADC cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates
  • FIG. 6 shows the steps of: (i) reducing cysteine disulfide adducts and interchain and intrachain disulfides in a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody (ThioMab); (ii) partially oxidizing, i.e. reoxidation to reform interchain and intrachain disulfides; and (iii) conjugation of the reoxidized antibody with a drug-linker intermediate to form a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugate (ADC).
  • ADC cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugate
  • FIG. 7 shows expression of TENB2 in cancer and normal human tissues: oligonucleotide microarray analysis was performed on RNA extracted from 4841 human tissue samples. Each box in the plot provides signal intensity (average difference scaled to 100) for TENB2 for a sample of the indicated tissue. Green boxes are normal tissue, red boxes are tumors, and blue boxes represent other diseased tissues.
  • FIG. 8 shows TENB2 expression in human prostate tumors: Top and bottom panels are from human prostate explant models, PC3TENB2 medium stable cell line with vector control and prostate tumor, respectively.
  • FIG. 9 shows internalization of TENB2 monoclonal antibody (Mab) on PC3TENB2 Medium cell line and LuCaP 70 tumor.
  • FIGS. 10A and B shows FACS data on PC3 TENB2 Medium cells with thio ( FIG. 10B ) or conventional anti-TENB2 ADC treatment ( FIG. 10A ).
  • FIGS. 11A and B shows a cell killing assay on PC3 TENB2 Medium cells with conventional anti-TENB2 ( FIG. 11A ) and thio-anti-TENB2 ADCs ( FIG. 11B ).
  • FIG. 12 shows an efficacy study on PC3 TENB2 Medium cells using anti-TENB2 and thio-anti-TENB2 ADCs (conjugated with vc-MMAE or MC-MMAF).
  • FIG. 13 shows a Western Blot with various LuCaP explant tumor tissues using humanized anti-TENB2 Ab (hu TMEFF2#19).
  • FIG. 14 shows xenograft experiments using human prostate cancer LuCaP 70, 77 and 96.1.
  • FIG. 15 shows pharmacokinetic evaluation of rats using thio-anti-TENB2 and conventional ADCs.
  • FIG. 16 shows a safety assessment on rats with anti-TENB2-vc-MMAE vs. MC-MMAF.
  • FIGS. 17A and B shows a safety assessment on cynomolgus monkeys with anti-TENB2-vc-MMAE vs. anti-TENB2-MC-MMAF.
  • FIGS. 18A and B shows a safety assessment on rats with thio-anti-TENB2-vc-MMAE vs. anti-TENB2-vc-MMAE.
  • antibody herein is used in the broadest sense and specifically covers monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, dimers, multimers, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (Miller et al (2003) Jour. of Immunology 170:4854-4861). Antibodies may be murine, human, humanized, chimeric, or derived from other species. An antibody is a protein that is capable of recognizing and binding to a specific antigen (Janeway, C., Travers, P., Walport, M., Shlomchik (2001) Immuno Biology, 5th Ed., Garland Publishing, New York).
  • a target antigen generally has numerous binding sites, also called epitopes, recognized by CDRs on multiple antibodies. Each antibody that specifically binds to a different epitope has a different structure. Thus, one antigen may have more than one corresponding antibody.
  • An antibody includes a full-length immunoglobulin molecule or an immunologically active portion of a full-length immunoglobulin molecule, i.e., a molecule that contains an antigen binding site that immunospecifically binds an antigen of a target of interest or part thereof, such targets including but not limited to, cancer cell or cells that produce autoimmune antibodies associated with an autoimmune disease.
  • the immunoglobulin disclosed herein can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, and IgA), class (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass of immunoglobulin molecule.
  • the immunoglobulins can be derived from any species such as human, murine, or rabbit.
  • Antibody fragments comprise a portion of a full length antibody, generally the antigen binding or variable region thereof.
  • Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 , and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; minibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870, Example 2; Zapata et al (1995) Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062); Olafsen et al (2004) Protein Eng. Design & Sel.
  • fragments produced by a Fab expression library fragments produced by a Fab expression library, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies, CDR (complementary determining region), and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above which immunospecifically bind to cancer cell antigens, viral antigens or microbial antigens, single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations which include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies.
  • the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al (1975) Nature 256:495, or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (see for example: U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,715).
  • lymphocytes In the hybridoma method, a mouse or other appropriate host animal, such as a hamster, is immunized as described above to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the protein used for immunization.
  • lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro. After immunization, lymphocytes are isolated and then fused with a myeloma cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell (Goding, (1986) Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice , pp. 59-103 Academic Press).
  • the monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al (1991) Nature, 352:624-628; Marks et al (1991) J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597.
  • the DNA that encodes the antibody may be modified to produce chimeric or fusion antibody polypeptides, for example, by substituting human heavy chain and light chain constant domain (C H and C L ) sequences for the homologous murine sequences (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison, et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851 (1984)), or by fusing the immunoglobulin coding sequence with all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide (heterologous polypeptide).
  • C H and C L constant domain
  • the non-immunoglobulin polypeptide sequences can substitute for the constant domains of an antibody, or they are substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody to create a chimeric bivalent antibody comprising one antigen-combining site having specificity for an antigen and another antigen-combining site having specificity for a different antigen.
  • “Native antibodies” are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies among the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V H ) followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (V L ) and a constant domain at its other end. The constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light-chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light chain and heavy chain variable domains.
  • the monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855).
  • Chimeric antibodies of interest herein include “primatized” antibodies comprising variable domain antigen-binding sequences derived from a non-human primate (e.g., Old World Monkey, Ape etc) and human constant region sequences.
  • “Humanized” forms of non-human (e.g., rodent) antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from the non-human antibody.
  • humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a hypervariable region of the recipient are replaced by residues from a hypervariable region of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate having the desired antibody specificity, affinity, and capability.
  • donor antibody such as mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate having the desired antibody specificity, affinity, and capability.
  • framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
  • humanized antibodies may comprise residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications are made to further refine antibody performance.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all, or substantially all, of the FRs are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence.
  • the humanized antibody optionally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
  • the Fc fragment comprises the carboxy-terminal portions of both H chains held together by disulfides.
  • FcR Fc receptors
  • a “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.
  • Transgenic animals e.g., mice
  • J H antibody heavy-chain joining region
  • affinity matured antibody is one with one or more alterations in one or more CDRs thereof which result in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to an antibody which does not possess those alteration(s).
  • Preferred affinity matured antibodies will have nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen.
  • Affinity matured antibodies are produced affinity maturation by VH and VL domain shuffling (Marks et al (1992) Bio/Technology 10:779-783), or random mutagenesis of CDR and/or framework residues (Barbas et al (1994) Proc Nat. Acad.
  • an “intact antibody” herein is one comprising VL and VH domains, as well as a light chain constant domain (CL) and heavy chain constant domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3.
  • the constant domains may be native sequence constant domains (e.g., human native sequence constant domains) or amino acid sequence variant thereof.
  • the intact antibody may have one or more “effector functions” which refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc constant region (a native sequence Fc region or amino acid sequence variant Fc region) of an antibody. Examples of antibody effector functions include Clq binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; and down regulation of cell surface receptors such as B cell receptor and BCR.
  • amino acid sequence variant refers to polypeptides having amino acid sequences that differ to some extent from a native sequence polypeptide. Ordinarily, amino acid sequence variants will possess at least about 70% sequence identity with at least one receptor binding domain of a native sequence polypeptide or with at least one ligand binding domain of a native receptor, and preferably, they will be at least about 80%, more preferably, at least about 90% homologous by sequence with such receptor or ligand binding domains. The amino acid sequence variants possess substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions at certain positions within the amino acid sequence of the native amino acid sequence. Amino acids are designated by the conventional names, one-letter and three-letter codes.
  • Sequence identity is defined as the percentage of residues in the amino acid sequence variant that are identical after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity. Methods and computer programs for the alignment are well known in the art. One such computer program is “Align 2,” authored by Genentech, Inc., which was filed with user documentation in the United States Copyright Office, Washington, D.C. 20559, on Dec. 10, 1991, and which code is found in PCT/US03/07209 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248).
  • Antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity and “ADCC” refer to a cell-mediated reaction in which nonspecific cytotoxic cells that express Fc receptors (FcRs) (e.g., Natural Killer (NK) cells, neutrophils, and macrophages) recognize bound antibody on a target cell and subsequently cause lysis of the target cell.
  • FcRs Fc receptors
  • FcR expression on hematopoietic cells in summarized is Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, (1991) “Annu. Rev. Immunol.” 9:457-92.
  • ADCC activity of a molecule of interest may be assessed in vitro, such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,337.
  • Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • NK Natural Killer
  • ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al (1998) Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (USA) 95:652-656.
  • Human effector cells are leukocytes which express one or more constant region receptors (FcRs) and perform effector functions. Preferably, the cells express at least Fc ⁇ RIII and perform ADCC effector function. Examples of human leukocytes which mediate ADCC include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), natural killer (NK) cells, monocytes, cytotoxic T cells and neutrophils; with PBMCs and NK cells being preferred.
  • the effector cells may be isolated from a native source thereof, e.g., from blood or PBMCs as described herein.
  • Fc receptor or “FcR” mean a receptor that binds to the Fc constant region of an antibody.
  • the preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR.
  • a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RII, and Fc ⁇ RIII subclasses, including allelic variants and alternatively spliced forms of these receptors.
  • Fc ⁇ RII receptors include Fc ⁇ RIIA (an “activating receptor”) and Fc ⁇ RIIB (an “inhibiting receptor”), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof.
  • Activating receptor Fc ⁇ RIIA contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (ITAM) in its cytoplasmic domain.
  • Inhibiting receptor Fc ⁇ RIIB contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif (ITIM) in its cytoplasmic domain.
  • ITAM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif
  • ITIM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif
  • FcR FcR
  • FcRn neonatal receptor
  • “Complement dependent cytotoxicity” or “CDC” refers to the lysis of a target cell in the presence of complement. Activation of the classical complement pathway is initiated by the binding of the first component of the complement system (C1q) to antibodies (of the appropriate subclass) which are bound to their cognate antigen (Gazzano-Santoro et al (1996) J. Immunol. Methods 202:163).
  • variable refers to the fact that certain portions of the variable domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies. It is concentrated in three segments called hypervariable regions both in the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the framework regions (FRs).
  • the variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FRs, largely adopting a ⁇ -sheet configuration, connected by three hypervariable regions, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the ⁇ -sheet structure.
  • the hypervariable regions in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the hypervariable regions from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.).
  • the constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).
  • hypervariable region when used herein refers to the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence and/or form structurally defined loops.
  • antibodies comprise six hypervariable regions; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3).
  • a number of hypervariable region delineations are in use and are encompassed herein.
  • the Kabat Complementarity Determining Regions are based on sequence variability and are the most commonly used (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • Chothia refers instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)).
  • the “contact” hypervariable regions are based on an analysis of the available complex crystal structures. The residues from each of these hypervariable regions are noted below. Unless otherwise denoted, Kabat numbering according to the Kabat Database of aligned sequences of proteins will be employed (Wu and Kabat (1970) J. Exp. Med. 132:211-250; Johnson and Wu (2000) Nuc. Acids Res. 28(1):214-218).
  • Hypervariable region locations are generally as follows: amino acids 24-34 (HVR-L), amino acids 49-56 (HVR-L2), amino acids 89-97 (HVR-L3), amino acids 26-35A (HVR-H1), amino acids 49-65 (HVR-H2), and amino acids 93-102 (HVR-H3).
  • Hypervariable regions may also comprise “extended hypervariable regions” as follows: amino acids 24-36 (L1), and amino acids 46-56 (L2) in the VL.
  • the variable domain residues are numbered according to Kabat et al., supra for each of these definitions.
  • An “altered hypervariable region” for the purposes herein is a hypervariable region comprising one or more (e.g.
  • hypervariable region for the purposes herein is a hypervariable region having the same amino acid sequence as a non-human antibody from which it was derived, i.e. one which lacks one or more amino acid substitutions therein.
  • variable domain residue numbering as in Kabat refers to the numbering system used for heavy chain variable domains or light chain variable domains of the compilation of antibodies in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). Using this numbering system, the actual linear amino acid sequence may contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of, or insertion into, an FR or CDR of the variable domain.
  • a heavy chain variable domain may include a single amino acid insert (residue 52a according to Kabat) after residue 52 of H2 and inserted residues (e.g. residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc according to Kabat) after heavy chain FR residue 82.
  • the Kabat numbering of residues may be determined for a given antibody by alignment at regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody with a “standard” Kabat numbered sequence.
  • Binding affinity generally refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, “binding affinity” refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Low-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen slowly and tend to dissociate readily, whereas high-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen faster and tend to remain bound longer. A variety of methods of measuring binding affinity are known in the art, any of which can be used for purposes of the present invention. Specific illustrative embodiments are described in the following.
  • an “antigen” is a predetermined polypeptide, carbohydrate, nucleic acid, lipid, hapten or other naturally occurring or synthetic compound to which an antibody can selectively bind.
  • “Framework” or “FR” residues are those variable domain residues other than the hypervariable region residues as herein defined.
  • a “human consensus framework” is a framework which represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residue in a selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences. Generally, the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences. Generally, the subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat et al, Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). In one embodiment, for the VL, the subgroup is subgroup kappa I as in Kabat et al.
  • the subgroup is subgroup III as in Kabat et al.
  • a “VH subgroup III consensus framework” comprises the consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in variable heavy subgroup III of Kabat et al.
  • a “VL subgroup I consensus framework” comprises the consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in variable light kappa subgroup I of Kabat et al.
  • “Fv” is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-recognition and antigen-binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy chain and one light chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association. It is in this configuration that the three hypervariable regions of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the surface of the V H -V L dimer. Collectively, the six hypervariable regions confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three hypervariable regions specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.
  • the Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain.
  • Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region.
  • Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear at least one free thiol group.
  • F(ab′)2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • the “light chains” of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (K) and lambda (X), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
  • Single-chain Fv or “scFv” antibody fragments comprise the V H and V L domains of antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain.
  • the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains which enables the scFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding (Plückthun in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994).
  • diabodies refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, which fragments comprise a variable heavy domain (VH) connected to a variable light domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH-VL).
  • VH variable heavy domain
  • VL variable light domain
  • the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites (EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; Hollinger et al (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448).
  • a “free cysteine amino acid” refers to a cysteine amino acid residue which has been engineered into a parent antibody, has a thiol functional group (—SH), and is not paired as, or otherwise part of, an intramolecular or intermolecular disulfide bridge.
  • thiol reactivity value is a quantitative characterization of the reactivity of free cysteine amino acids.
  • the thiol reactivity value is the percentage of a free cysteine amino acid in a cysteine engineered antibody which reacts with a thiol-reactive reagent, and converted to a maximum value of 1.
  • a free cysteine amino acid on a cysteine engineered antibody which reacts in 100% yield with a thiol-reactive reagent, such as a biotin-maleimide reagent, to form a biotin-labelled antibody has a thiol reactivity value of 1.0.
  • Another cysteine amino acid engineered into the same or different parent antibody which reacts in 80% yield with a thiol-reactive reagent has a thiol reactivity value of 0.8.
  • Another cysteine amino acid engineered into the same or different parent antibody which fails totally to react with a thiol-reactive reagent has a thiol reactivity value of 0. Determination of the thiol reactivity value of a particular cysteine may be conducted by ELISA assay, mass spectroscopy, liquid chromatography, autoradiography, or other quantitative analytical tests.
  • Thiol-reactive reagents which allow capture of the cysteine engineered antibody and comparison and quantitation of the cysteine reactivity include biotin-PEO-maleimide ((+)-biotinyl-3-maleimidopropionamidyl-3,6-dioxaoctainediamine, Oda et al (2001) Nature Biotechnology 19:379-382, Pierce Biotechnology, Inc.) Biotin-BMCC, PEO-Iodoacetyl Biotin, Iodoacetyl-LC-Biotin, and Biotin-HPDP (Pierce Biotechnology, Inc.), and Nao-(3-maleimidylpropionyl)biocytin (MPB, Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.).
  • Other commercial sources for biotinylation, bifunctional and multifunctional linker reagents include Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg., and Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.
  • a “parent antibody” is an antibody comprising an amino acid sequence from which one or more amino acid residues are replaced by one or more cysteine residues.
  • the parent antibody may comprise a native or wild type sequence.
  • the parent antibody may have pre-existing amino acid sequence modifications (such as additions, deletions and/or substitutions) relative to other native, wild type, or modified forms of an antibody.
  • a parent antibody may be directed against a target antigen of interest, e.g. a biologically important polypeptide.
  • Antibodies directed against nonpolypeptide antigens are also contemplated.
  • an “isolated” antibody is one which has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials which would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes.
  • the antibody will be purified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain.
  • Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • an antibody “which binds” a molecular target or an antigen of interest is one capable of binding that antigen with sufficient affinity such that the antibody is useful in targeting a cell expressing the antigen.
  • the antibody is one which binds TENB2
  • it will usually preferentially bind TENB2, and may be one which does not significantly cross-react with other proteins.
  • the extent of binding of the antibody to these non-TENB2 proteins will be less than 10% as determined by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) analysis or radioimmunoprecipitation (RIA).
  • Treating” or “treatment” or “alleviation” refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down (lessen) the targeted pathologic condition or disorder.
  • Those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder as well as those prone to have the disorder or those in whom the disorder is to be prevented.
  • a subject or mammal is successfully “treated” for a CA125/O0772P polypeptide-expressing cancer if, after receiving a therapeutic amount of an anti-CA125/O772P antibody, such as a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, according to the methods of the present invention, the patient shows observable and/or measurable reduction in or absence of one or more of the following: reduction in the number of cancer cells or absence of the cancer cells; reduction in the tumor size; inhibition (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) of cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs including the spread of cancer into soft tissue and bone; inhibition (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) of tumor metastasis; inhibition, to some extent, of tumor growth; and/or relief to some extent, one or more of the symptoms associated with the specific cancer; reduced morbidity and mortality, and improvement in quality of life issues.
  • an anti-CA125/O772P antibody such as a cysteine engineered anti-TENB
  • cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it may be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic. Reduction of these signs or symptoms may also be felt by the patient.
  • efficacy can be measured, for example, by assessing the time to disease progression (TTP) and/or determining the response rate (RR).
  • Metastasis can be determined by staging tests and by bone scan and tests for calcium level and other enzymes to determine spread to the bone. CT scans can also be done to look for spread to the pelvis and lymph nodes in the area. Chest X-rays and measurement of liver enzyme levels by known methods are used to look for metastasis to the lungs and liver, respectively.
  • Other routine methods for monitoring the disease include transrectal ultrasonography (TRUS) and transrectal needle biopsy (TRNB).
  • cancer and “cancerous” refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth.
  • a “tumor” comprises one or more cancerous cells, and refers to all neoplastic cell growth and proliferation, whether malignant or benign, and all pre-cancerous and cancerous cells and tissues. Examples of cancer include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies.
  • squamous cell cancer e.g., epithelial squamous cell cancer
  • lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (“NSCLC”), adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, as well as head and neck cancer.
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer
  • a cancer which “overexpresses” an antigenic receptor is one which has significantly higher levels of the receptor, such as TENB2, at the cell surface thereof, compared to a noncancerous cell of the same tissue type.
  • Such overexpression may be caused by gene amplification or by increased transcription or translation.
  • Receptor overexpression may be determined in a diagnostic or prognostic assay by evaluating increased levels of the receptor protein present on the surface of a cell (e.g., via an immunohistochemistry assay; IHC).
  • FISH fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Human effector cells are leukocytes which express one or more FcRs and perform effector functions. Preferably, the cells express at least Fc ⁇ RIII and perform ADCC effector function. Examples of human leukocytes which mediate ADCC include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), natural killer (NK) cells, monocytes, cytotoxic T cells and neutrophils; with PBMCs and NK cells being preferred.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • NK natural killer cells
  • monocytes cytotoxic T cells and neutrophils
  • the effector cells may be isolated from a native source, e.g., from blood.
  • cell proliferative disorder and “proliferative disorder” refer to disorders that are associated with some degree of abnormal cell proliferation.
  • the cell proliferative disorder is cancer.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to an amount of a drug, e.g. a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugate or chemotherapeutic agent, effective to treat a disease or disorder in a mammal.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the drug may reduce the number of cancer cells; reduce the tumor size; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) tumor metastasis; inhibit, to some extent, tumor growth; and/or relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer.
  • the drug may prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it may be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic.
  • cytostatic refers to the effect of limiting the function of cells, such as limiting cellular growth or proliferation of cells.
  • efficacy can, for example, be measured by assessing the time to disease progression (TTP) and/or determining the response rate (RR).
  • a “chemotherapeutic agent” is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer.
  • chemotherapeutic agents include erlotinib (TARCEVA®, Genentech/OSI Pharm.), bortezomib (VELCADE®, Millenium Pharm.), fulvestrant (FASLODEX@, AstraZeneca), sutent (SU 11248, Pfizer), letrozole (FEMARA®, Novartis), imatinib mesylate (GLEEVEC®, Novartis), PTK787/ZK 222584 (Novartis), oxaliplatin (Eloxatin®, Sanofi), 5-FU (5-fluorouracil), leucovorin, Rapamycin (Sirolimus, RAPAMUNE®, Wyeth), lapatinib (TYKERB®, GSK572016, GlaxoSmithKline), lonafarnib (SCH 66336), sorafenib (BAY43-900
  • calicheamicin especially calicheamicin gamma1I and calicheamicin omegaI1 (Angew Chem Intl. Ed. Engl. (1994) 33:183-186); dynemicin, including dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antibiotic chromophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, anthramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN® doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin,
  • chemotherapeutic agent include: (i) anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX® tamoxifen), raloxifene, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY 117018, onapristone, and FARESTON.
  • SERMs selective estrogen receptor modulators
  • aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, MEGASE® megestrol acetate, AROMASIN® exemestane, formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® vorozole, FEMARA® letrozole, and ARIMIDEX® anastrozole;
  • anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine analog);
  • aromatase inhibitors such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine analog
  • cytokine is a generic term for proteins released by one cell population which act on another cell as intercellular mediators.
  • cytokines are lymphokines, monokines, and traditional polypeptide hormones. Included among the cytokines are growth hormone such as human growth hormone, N-methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone; thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); hepatic growth factor; fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen; tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ and - ⁇ ; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor; integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF- ⁇ ; platelet-growth factor;
  • label means any moiety which can be covalently attached to an antibody and that functions to: (i) provide a detectable signal; (ii) interact with a second label to modify the detectable signal provided by the first or second label, e.g. FRET (fluorescence resonance energy transfer); (iii) stabilize interactions or increase affinity of binding, with antigen or ligand; (iv) affect mobility, e.g. electrophoretic mobility, or cell-permeability, by charge, hydrophobicity, shape, or other physical parameters, or (v) provide a capture moiety, to modulate ligand affinity, antibody/antigen binding, or ionic complexation.
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable salt,” as used herein, refers to pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic salts of an ADC.
  • Exemplary salts include, but are not limited, to sulfate, citrate, acetate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, lactate, salicylate, acid citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and pamoate (i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-na
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may involve the inclusion of another molecule such as an acetate ion, a succinate ion or other counterion.
  • the counterion may be any organic or inorganic moiety that stabilizes the charge on the compound.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may have more than one charged atom in its structure. Instances where multiple charged atoms are part of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have multiple counter ions. Hence, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have one or more charged atoms and/or one or more counterion.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable solvate” refers to an association of one or more solvent molecules and an ADC.
  • solvents that form pharmaceutically acceptable solvates include, but are not limited to, water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, and ethanolamine.
  • Carriers as used herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers which are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed. Often the physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution.
  • physiologically acceptable carriers include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptide; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN®, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICS®.
  • buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids
  • antioxidants including ascorbic acid
  • proteins such as serum albumin,
  • d and l or (+) and ( ⁇ ) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with ( ⁇ ) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory.
  • a compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory.
  • these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another.
  • a specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
  • a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process.
  • the terms “racemic mixture” and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • BME beta-mercaptoethanol
  • Boc N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)
  • cit citrulline (2-amino-5-ureido pentanoic acid)
  • dap is dolaproine
  • DCC 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • DCM dichloromethane
  • DEA diethylamine
  • DEAD diethylazodicarboxylate
  • DEPC diethylphosphorylcyanidate
  • DIAD diisopropylazodicarboxylate
  • DIEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine
  • dil dolaisoleucine
  • DMA is dimethylacetamide
  • DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • DME is ethyleneglycol dimethyl ether (or 1,2-dimethoxyethane)
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • doe is
  • the compounds of the invention include cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies where one or more amino acids of any form of wild-type or parent anti-TENB2 antibody is replaced with a cysteine amino acid.
  • the engineered cysteine amino acid is a free cysteine acid and not part of an intrachain or interchain disulfide unit. Any form of anti-TENB2 antibody may be so engineered, i.e. mutated.
  • a parent Fab antibody fragment may be engineered to form a cysteine engineered Fab, referred to herein as “ThioFab.”
  • a parent monoclonal antibody may be engineered to form a “ThioMab.” It should be noted that a single site mutation yields a single engineered cysteine residue in a ThioFab, while a single site mutation yields two engineered cysteine residues in a ThioMab, due to the dimeric nature of the IgG antibody.
  • cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies of the invention include monoclonal antibodies, humanized or chimeric monoclonal antibodies, antigen-binding fragments of antibodies, fusion polypeptides and analogs that preferentially bind cell-associated TENB2 polypeptides.
  • Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies retain the antigen binding capability of their wild type, parent anti-TENB2 antibody counterparts. Thus, cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies are capable of binding to TENB2 antigens.
  • a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody comprises one or more free cysteine amino acids with reduced sulfhydryl (thiol) groups wherein the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody binds to a TENB2 polypeptide.
  • the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is prepared by a process comprising replacing one or more amino acid residues of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody by cysteine.
  • Mutants with replaced (“engineered”) cysteine (Cys) residues may be evaluated for the reactivity of the newly introduced, engineered cysteine thiol groups.
  • the thiol reactivity value is a relative, numerical term in the range of 0 to 1.0 and can be measured for any cysteine engineered antibody.
  • Thiol reactivity values of cysteine engineered antibodies of the invention may be in the ranges of 0.6 to 1.0; 0.7 to 1.0; or 0.8 to 1.0.
  • the invention concerns an isolated cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody comprising an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes to the complement of a DNA molecule encoding (a) a cysteine engineered antibody having a full-length amino acid sequence as disclosed herein, (b) a cysteine engineered antibody amino acid sequence lacking the signal peptide as disclosed herein, (c) an extracellular domain of a transmembrane cysteine engineered antibody protein, with or without the signal peptide, as disclosed herein, (d) an amino acid sequence encoded by any of the nucleic acid sequences disclosed herein or (e) any other specifically defined fragment of a full-length cysteine engineered antibody amino acid sequence as disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides an isolated cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody without the N-terminal signal sequence and/or without the initiating methionine and is encoded by a nucleotide sequence that encodes such an amino acid sequence as described in.
  • Processes for producing the same are also herein described, wherein those processes comprise culturing a host cell comprising a vector which comprises the appropriate encoding nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable for expression of the cysteine engineered antibody and recovering the cysteine engineered antibody from the cell culture.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides an isolated cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody which is either transmembrane domain-deleted or transmembrane domain-inactivated.
  • Processes for producing the same are also herein described, wherein those processes comprise culturing a host cell comprising a vector which comprises the appropriate encoding nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable for expression of the cysteine engineered antibody and recovering the cysteine engineered antibody from the cell culture.
  • the invention provides isolated anti-TENB2 chimeric cysteine engineered antibodies comprising any of the herein described cysteine engineered antibody fused to a heterologous (non-TENB2) polypeptide.
  • chimeric molecules comprise any of the herein described cysteine engineered antibodies fused to a heterologous polypeptide such as, for example, an epitope tag sequence or an Fc region of an immunoglobulin.
  • the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may be a monoclonal antibody, antibody fragment, chimeric antibody, humanized antibody, single-chain antibody or antibody that competitively inhibits the binding of an anti-TENB2 polypeptide antibody to its respective antigenic epitope.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may optionally be conjugated to a growth inhibitory agent or cytotoxic agent such as a toxin, including, for example, an auristatin, an antibiotic, a radioactive isotope, a nucleolytic enzyme, or the like.
  • the antibodies of the present invention may optionally be produced in CHO cells or bacterial cells and preferably inhibit the growth or proliferation of or induce the death of a cell to which they bind.
  • the antibodies of the present invention may be detectably labeled, attached to a solid support, or the like.
  • the invention provides vectors comprising DNA encoding any of the herein described cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies.
  • Host cells comprising any such vector are also provided.
  • the host cells may be CHO cells, E. coli cells, or yeast cells.
  • a process for producing any of the herein described polypeptides is further provided and comprises culturing host cells under conditions suitable for expression of the desired polypeptide and recovering the desired polypeptide from the cell culture.
  • Parent and cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies bind to a TENB2 polypeptide or TENB2 polypeptide variant described in PCT/US03/07209 U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248).
  • a TENB2 polypeptide variant is a TENB2 polypeptide having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity with a TENB2 which is a: (i) full-length native sequence; (ii) a polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide; (iii) an extracellular domain, with or without the signal peptide; (iv) or any other fragment of a full-length TENB2 polypeptide sequence.
  • Such TENB2 polypeptide variants include, for instance, polypeptides wherein one or more amino acid residues are added, or deleted, at the N- or C-terminus of the full-length native amino acid sequence.
  • a TENB2 polypeptide variant will have at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% amino acid sequence identity, to a full-length native sequence TENB2 polypeptide sequence, a TENB2 polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide, an extracellular domain of a TENB2 polypeptide, with or without the signal peptide, or any other specifically defined fragment of a full-length TENB2 polypeptide sequence.
  • TENB2 polypeptide variants are at least about 10 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560, 570, 580, 590, 600 amino acids in length, or more.
  • TENB2 variant polypeptides will have no more than one conservative amino acid substitution as compared to the native TENB2 polypeptide sequence, alternatively no more than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 conservative amino acid substitution as compared to the native TENB2 polypeptide sequence.
  • TENB2 polypeptides may be prepared by recombinant expression in: (i) E. coli with pBR322 vector; (ii) mammalian cells such as human HEK293 cells (ATCC CCL 1573), COS (simian fibroblast, SV-40) cells, Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells with the pRK5 vector; (iii) yeast, such as yeast strain AB110; or (iv) baculovirus-infected insect cells (PCT/US03/07209; U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248).
  • Native or recombinant TENB2 polypeptides may be purified by a variety of standard techniques in the art of protein purification.
  • pro-TENB2 polypeptide, mature TENB2 polypeptide, or pre-TENB2 polypeptide is purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for the TENB2 polypeptide of interest.
  • an immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling the anti-TENB2 polypeptide antibody to an activated chromatographic resin.
  • TENB2 polypeptides may be produced recombinantly as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
  • TENB2 polypeptides may be produced as fusion polypeptides with a signal sequence and a heterologous polypeptide sequence that allows purification of the TENB2 fusion polypeptide; examples of such polypeptides are polyhistidine (His 6 (SEQ ID NO: 24) or Hiss (SEQ ID NO: 25)), human IgG Fc, the FLAG epitope (KDYKDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 26)), and the gD epitope (KYALADASLKMADPNRFRGKDLPVL (SEQ ID NO: 27)).
  • the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the anti-TENB2 antibody- or TENB2 polypeptide-encoding DNA that is inserted into the vector.
  • the signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, 1pp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
  • the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces ⁇ -factor leaders (U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader, the C.
  • mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders.
  • a TENB2-expressing cell expresses an endogenous or transfected TENB2 polypeptide antigen either on the cell surface or in a secreted form.
  • a TENB2-expressing cancer comprises cells that have a TENB2 polypeptide present on the cell surface or that produce and secrete a TENB2 antigenic polypeptide.
  • a TENB2-expressing cancer optionally produces sufficient levels of TENB2 polypeptide on the surface of cells thereof, such that an anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, can bind thereto and may exert a therapeutic effect with respect to the cancer.
  • a cancer which overexpresses a TENB2 polypeptide is one which has significantly higher levels of TENB2 polypeptide at the cell surface thereof, or produces and secretes, compared to a noncancerous cell of the same tissue type.
  • Such overexpression may be caused by gene amplification or by increased transcription or translation.
  • TENB2 polypeptide overexpression may be determined in a clinical setting by evaluating increased levels of the TENB2 protein present on the surface of a cell, or secreted by the cell (e.g., via an immunohistochemistry assay using anti-TENB2 antibodies prepared against an isolated TENB2 polypeptide which may be prepared using recombinant DNA technology from an isolated nucleic acid encoding the TENB2 polypeptide; FACS analysis, etc.).
  • FISH fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • qRT-PCR real time quantitative reverse-transcriptase PCR
  • cells within the body of the patient may be exposed to an antibody which is optionally labeled with a detectable label, e.g., a radioactive isotope, and binding of the antibody to cells in the patient can be evaluated, e.g., by external scanning for radioactivity or by analyzing a biopsy taken from a patient previously exposed to the antibody.
  • a detectable label e.g., a radioactive isotope
  • Parent and cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies are capable of binding, preferably specifically, to a TENB2 polypeptide as described herein.
  • TENB2 binding oligopeptides may be identified without undue experimentation using well known techniques.
  • techniques for screening oligopeptide libraries for oligopeptides that are capable of specifically binding to a polypeptide target are well known in the art (U.S. Pat. No. 5,556,762; U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373; U.S. Pat. No. 4,708,871; U.S. Pat. No. 4,833,092; U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; U.S. Pat. No.
  • the parent and cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies of the invention include polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, human, bispecific, and heteroconjugate antibodies.
  • Various forms of a humanized anti-TENB2 antibody are contemplated.
  • the humanized antibody may be an antibody fragment, such as a Fab.
  • the humanized antibody may be an intact antibody, such as an intact IgG1 antibody.
  • Bispecific anti-TENB2 antibodies are antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different epitopes.
  • Exemplary bispecific anti-TENB2 antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of a TENB2 protein as described herein.
  • Other such antibodies may combine a TENB2 binding site with a binding site for another protein.
  • an anti-TENB2 arm may be combined with an arm which binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g.
  • Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express TENB2. These antibodies possess a TENB2-binding arm and an arm which binds the cytotoxic agent (e.g., saporin, anti-interferon- ⁇ , vinca alkaloid, ricin A chain, methotrexate or radioactive isotope hapten). Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g., F(ab′) 2 bispecific antibodies). Traditional production of full length bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, where the two chains have different specificities (Millstein et al (1983) Nature 305:537-539).
  • Heteroconjugate anti-TENB2 antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO 91/00360; WO 92/200373; EP 03089). It is contemplated that the antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents.
  • the anti-TENB2 antibodies of the present invention can be multivalent antibodies with three or more antigen binding sites (e.g. tetravalent antibodies), which can be readily produced by recombinant expression of nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide chains of the antibody.
  • the multivalent antibody can comprise a dimerization domain and three or more antigen binding sites.
  • the preferred dimerization domain comprises (or consists of) an Fc region or a hinge region. In this scenario, the antibody will comprise an Fc region and three or more antigen binding sites amino-terminal to the Fc region.
  • the preferred multivalent antibody herein comprises (or consists of) three to about eight, but preferably four, antigen binding sites.
  • the multivalent antibody comprises at least one polypeptide chain (and preferably two polypeptide chains), wherein the polypeptide chain(s) comprise two or more variable domains.
  • the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise VD1-(X1) n -VD2-(X2) n -Fc, wherein VD1 is a first variable domain, VD2 is a second variable domain, Fc is one polypeptide chain of an Fc region, X1 and X2 represent an amino acid or polypeptide, and n is 0 or 1.
  • the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise: VH-CH1-flexible linker-VH-CH1-Fc region chain; or VH-CH1-VH-CH1-Fc region chain.
  • the multivalent antibody herein preferably further comprises at least two (and preferably four) light chain variable domain polypeptides.
  • the multivalent antibody herein may, for instance, comprise from about two to about eight light chain variable domain polypeptides.
  • the light chain variable domain polypeptides contemplated here comprise a light chain variable domain and, optionally, further comprise a CL domain.
  • the effector function of an anti-TENB2 antibody may be modified by introducing one or more amino acid substitutions in an Fc region. Such modification may enhance antigen-dependent cell-mediated cyotoxicity (ADCC) and/or complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) of the anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • ADCC antigen-dependent cell-mediated cyotoxicity
  • CDC complement dependent cytotoxicity
  • the homodimeric antibody thus generated may have improved internalization capability and/or increased complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). See Caron et al (1992) J. Exp Med. 176:1191-1195 and Shopes, B. J. (1992) Immunol. 148:2918-2922.
  • Homodimeric anti-TENB2 antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity may also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al (1993) Cancer Research 53:2560-2565.
  • an antibody can be engineered which has dual Fc regions and may thereby have enhanced complement lysis and ADCC capabilities (Stevenson et al (1989) Anti-Cancer Drug Design 3:219-230).
  • the serum half life of an anti-TENB2 antibody may be modulated by incorporating a salvage receptor binding epitope, e.g. an antibody fragment (U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,277).
  • a salvage receptor binding epitope refers to an epitope of the Fc region of an IgG molecule (e.g., IgG 1 , IgG 2 , IgG 3 , or IgG 4 ) that is responsible for increasing the in vivo serum half-life of the IgG molecule.
  • Monoclonal antibodies binding to TENB2 epitopes are determined by standard competitive binding analysis and epitope mapping (PCT/US03/07209; U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248).
  • TMEFF2#19 monoclonal antibodies PCT/US03/07209; Sambrook et al Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual , New York: Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989; Ausubel et al., Current Protocols of Molecular Biology , Unit 3.16, John Wiley and Sons, 1997).
  • Monoclonal antibody TMEFF2#19 demonstarted weak to strong binding in 176 of 241 human prostate cancer specimans.
  • Monoclonal antibody TMEFF2#19 becomes internalized into cells to which it binds TENB2 polypeptide on the cell surface at a rapid rate.
  • Modifications and variations in the anti-TENB2 antibodies described herein can be made, for example, using any of the techniques and guidelines known in the art for conservative and non-conservative mutations, for example, those in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934.
  • Variations may be a substitution, deletion or insertion of one or more codons encoding the antibody or polypeptide that results in a change in the amino acid sequence as compared with the native sequence anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • the variation is by substitution of at least one amino acid with any other amino acid in one or more of the domains of the anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • the variations can be made using methods known in the art such as oligonucleotide-mediated (site-directed) mutagenesis, alanine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis.
  • Site-directed mutagenesis (Carter et al (1986) Nucl. Acids Res., 13:4331; Zoller et al (1987) Nucl. Acids Res., 10:6487), cassette mutagenesis (Wells et al (1985) Gene, 34:315), restriction selection mutagenesis (Wells et al (1986) Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London SerA, 317:415) or other known techniques can be performed on the cloned DNA to produce the anti-TENB2 antibody variant DNA.
  • Amino acid changes may alter post-translational processes of the anti-TENB2 antibody, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites or altering the membrane anchoring characteristics.
  • Other modifications include deamidation of glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively, hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the ⁇ -amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties , (1983) W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp.
  • Anti-TENB2 antibodies can be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the encoding DNA, and/or by chemical synthesis.
  • Anti-TENB2 antibody fragments may be truncated at the N-terminus or C-terminus, or may lack internal residues, for example, when compared with a full length anti-TENB2 antibody. Certain fragments lack amino acid residues that are not essential for a desired biological activity of the anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • Anti-TENB2 antibody fragments may be prepared by any of a number of conventional techniques. Desired peptide fragments may be chemically synthesized.
  • An alternative approach involves generating antibody fragments by enzymatic digestion, e.g., by treating the protein with an enzyme known to cleave proteins at sites defined by particular amino acid residues, or by digesting the DNA with suitable restriction enzymes and isolating the desired fragment.
  • Yet another suitable technique involves isolating and amplifying a DNA fragment encoding a desired antibody or fragment, by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Oligonucleotides that define the desired termini of the DNA fragment are employed at the 5′ and 3′ primers in the PCR. Preferably, anti-TENB2 antibody fragments share at least one biological and/or immunological activity with the native anti-TENB2 antibody disclosed herein.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • a particularly preferred type of substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a humanized or human antibody.
  • the resulting variant(s) selected for further development will have improved biological properties relative to the antibody from which they are generated.
  • a convenient way for generating such substitutional variants involves affinity maturation using phage display. Briefly, several hypervariable region sites (e.g., 6-7 sites) are mutated to generate all possible amino substitutions at each site.
  • the antibody variants thus generated are displayed in a monovalent fashion from filamentous phage particles as fusions to the gene III product of M13 packaged within each particle. The phage-displayed variants are then screened for their biological activity (e.g., binding affinity) as herein disclosed.
  • alanine scanning mutagenesis can be performed to identify hypervariable region residues contributing significantly to antigen binding.
  • Such contact residues and neighboring residues are candidates for substitution according to the techniques elaborated herein.
  • Another type of covalent modification of the anti-TENB2 antibody included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the antibody or polypeptide by deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in native sequence anti-TENB2 antibody (either by removing the underlying glycosylation site or by deleting the glycosylation by chemical and/or enzymatic means), and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native sequence anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • the modification includes qualitative changes in the glycosylation of the native proteins, involving a change in the nature and proportions of the various carbohydrate moieties present. Glycosylation of antibodies and other polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked.
  • N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
  • the tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
  • X is any amino acid except proline
  • O-Linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
  • Addition of glycosylation sites to the anti-TENB2 antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the sequence of the anti-TENB2 antibody (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
  • the anti-TENB2 antibody amino acid sequence may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the anti-TENB2 antibody at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
  • Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the anti-TENB2 antibody is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide. Such methods are described in the art, e.g., in WO 87/05330 published 11 Sep. 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem ., pp. 259-306 (1981).
  • Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the anti-TENB2 antibody may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically or by mutational substitution of codons encoding for amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation.
  • Chemical deglycosylation techniques are known in the art and described, for instance, by Hakimuddin, et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al., Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981).
  • Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al (1987) Meth. Enzymol. 138:350.
  • Another type of covalent modification of anti-TENB2 antibody comprises linking the antibody or polypeptide to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835; U.S. Pat. No. 4,496,689; U.S. Pat. No. 4,301,144; U.S. Pat. No. 4,670,417; U.S. Pat. No. 4,791,192 or U.S. Pat. No. 4,179,337.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • polypropylene glycol polypropylene glycol
  • polyoxyalkylenes polyoxyalkylenes
  • the antibody or polypeptide also may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization (for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively), in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules), or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • the anti-TENB2 antibody of the present invention may also be modified in a way to form chimeric molecules comprising an anti-TENB2 antibody fused to another, heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence.
  • a chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of the anti-TENB2 antibody with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind.
  • the epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl-terminus of the anti-TENB2 antibody. The presence of such epitope-tagged forms of the anti-TENB2 antibody can be detected using an antibody against the tag polypeptide.
  • the epitope tag enables the anti-TENB2 antibody to be readily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag.
  • tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art. Examples include poly-histidine (poly-his) or poly-histidine-glycine (poly-his-gly) tags; the flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5 (Field et al (1988) Mol. Cell.
  • tag polypeptides include the Flag-peptide (Hopp et al (1988) BioTechnology 6:1204-1210); the KT3 epitope peptide (Martin et al (1992) Science, 255:192-194); an ⁇ -tubulin epitope peptide (Skinner et al (1991) J. Biol. Chem., 266:15163-15166); and the T7 gene 10 protein peptide tag (Lutz-Freyermuth et al (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6393-6397).
  • the chimeric molecule may comprise a fusion of the anti-TENB2 antibody with an immunoglobulin or a particular region of an immunoglobulin.
  • an immunoglobulin also referred to as an “immunoadhesin”
  • a fusion could be to the Fc region of an IgG molecule.
  • the Ig fusions preferably include the substitution of a soluble (transmembrane domain deleted or inactivated) form of an anti-TENB2 antibody in place of at least one variable region within an Ig molecule.
  • the immunoglobulin fusion includes the hinge, CH 2 and CH 3 , or the hinge, CH 1 , CH 2 and CH 3 regions of an IgG1 molecule (U.S. Pat. No. 5,428,130).
  • DNA encoding an amino acid sequence variant of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies and parent anti-TENB2 antibodies of the invention is prepared by a variety of methods which include, but are not limited to, isolation from a natural source (in the case of naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants), preparation by site-directed (or oligonucleotide-mediated) mutagenesis (Carter (1985) et al Nucleic Acids Res. 13:4431-4443; Ho et al (1989) Gene (Amst.) 77:51-59; Kunkel et al (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:488; Liu et al (1998) J. Biol. Chem.
  • Single mutations are also generated by oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis using double stranded plasmid DNA as template by PCR based mutagenesis (Sambrook and Russel, (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd edition; Zoller et al (1983) Methods Enzymol. 100:468-500; Zoller, M. J. and Smith, M. (1982) Nucl. Acids Res. 10:6487-6500).
  • Variants of recombinant antibodies may be constructed also by restriction fragment manipulation or by overlap extension PCR with synthetic oligonucleotides. Mutagenic primers encode the cysteine codon replacement(s).
  • Standard mutagenesis techniques can be employed to generate DNA encoding such mutant cysteine engineered antibodies (Sambrook et al Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989; and Ausubel et al Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing and Wiley-Interscience, New York, N.Y., 1993).
  • Phage display technology (McCafferty et al (1990) Nature 348:552-553) can be used to produce anti-TENB2 human antibodies and antibody fragments in vitro, from immunoglobulin variable (V) domain gene repertoires from unimmunized donors.
  • V domain genes are cloned in-frame into either a major or minor coat protein gene of a filamentous bacteriophage, such as M13 or fd, and displayed as functional antibody fragments on the surface of the phage particle. Because the filamentous particle contains a single-stranded DNA copy of the phage genome, selections based on the functional properties of the antibody also result in selection of the gene encoding the antibody exhibiting those properties.
  • the phage mimics some of the properties of the B-cell (Johnson et al (1993) Current Opinion in Structural Biology 3:564-571; Clackson et al (1991) Nature, 352:624-628; Marks et al (1991) J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-597; Griffith et al (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734; U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332; U.S. Pat. No. 5,573,905; U.S. Pat. No. 5,567,610; U.S. Pat. No. 5,229,275).
  • Anti-TENB2 antibodies may be chemically synthesized using known oligopeptide synthesis methodology or may be prepared and purified using recombinant technology.
  • the appropriate amino acid sequence, or portions thereof, may be produced by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques (Stewart et al., Solid - Phase Peptide Synthesis , (1969) W.H. Freeman Co., San Francisco, Calif.; Merrifield, (1963) J. Am. Chem. Soc., 85:2149-2154).
  • In vitro protein synthesis may be performed using manual techniques or by automation.
  • Automated solid phase synthesis may be accomplished, for instance, employing t-BOC or Fmoc protected amino acids and using an Applied Biosystems Peptide Synthesizer (Foster City, Calif.) using manufacturer's instructions.
  • Various portions of the anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide may be chemically synthesized separately and combined using chemical or enzymatic methods to produce the desired anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide.
  • antibody fragments Traditionally, these fragments were derived via proteolytic digestion of intact antibodies (Morimoto et al (1992) Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24:107-117; and Brennan et al (1985) Science, 229:81), or produced directly by recombinant host cells.
  • Fab, Fv and ScFv anti-TENB2 antibody fragments can all be expressed in and secreted from E. coli , thus allowing the facile production of large amounts of these fragments.
  • Antibody fragments can be isolated from the antibody phage libraries discussed herein. Alternatively, Fab′-SH fragments can be directly recovered from E.
  • the anti-TENB2 antibody may be a (scFv) single chain Fv fragment (WO 93/16185; U.S. Pat. No. 5,571,894; U.S. Pat. No. 5,587,458).
  • the anti-TENB2 antibody fragment may also be a “linear antibody” (U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870). Such linear antibody fragments may be monospecific or bispecific.
  • DNA encoding anti-TENB2 antibodies may be obtained from a cDNA library prepared from tissue believed to possess the anti-TENB2 antibody mRNA and to express it at a detectable level. Accordingly, human anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide DNA can be conveniently obtained from a cDNA library prepared from human tissue.
  • the anti-TENB2 antibody-encoding gene may also be obtained from a genomic library or by known synthetic procedures (e.g., automated nucleic acid synthesis).
  • Probes such as oligonucleotides of at least about 20-80 bases
  • Screening the cDNA or genomic library with the selected probe may be conducted using standard procedures, such as described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989).
  • An alternative means to isolate the gene encoding anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide is PCR methodology (Sambrook et al., supra; Dieffenbach et al., PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1995).
  • Host cells are transfected or transformed with expression or cloning vectors described herein for anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
  • the culture conditions such as media, temperature, pH and the like, can be selected by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of cell cultures can be found in Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: a Practical Approach , M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, 1991) and Sambrook et al., supra.
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein include prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells.
  • Suitable prokaryotes include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as E. coli .
  • Various E. coli strains are publicly available, such as E. coli K12 strain MM294 (ATCC 31,446); E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537); E. coli strain W3110 (ATCC 27,325) and K5 772 (ATCC 53,635).
  • suitable prokaryotic host cells include Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia , e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella , e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia , e.g., Serratia marcescans , and Shigella , as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B. licheniformis (e.g., B. licheniformis 41P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 Apr. 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa , and Streptomyces . These examples are illustrative rather than limiting.
  • Strain W3110 is an exemplary host strain for recombinant DNA product fermentations.
  • the host cell secretes minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes.
  • strain W3110 may be modified to effect a genetic mutation in the genes encoding proteins endogenous to the host, with examples of such hosts including E. coli W3110 strain 1A2, which has the complete genotype tonA; E. coli W3110 strain 9E4, which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3; E. coli W3110 strain 27C7 (ATCC 55,244), which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA E15 (argF-lac)169 degP ompT kan r ; E.
  • E. coli W31 10 strain 37D6 which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA E15 (argF-lac)169 degP ompT rbs7 ilvG kan r ; E. coli W3110 strain 40B4, which is strain 37D6 with a non-kanamycin resistant degP deletion mutation; and an E. coli strain having mutant periplasmic protease (U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,783).
  • in vitro methods of cloning e.g., PCR or other nucleic acid polymerase reactions, are suitable.
  • Full length antibody, antibody fragments, and antibody fusion proteins can be produced in bacteria, in particular when glycosylation and Fc effector function are not needed, such as when the therapeutic antibody is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a toxin) and the immunoconjugate by itself shows effectiveness in tumor cell destruction.
  • Full length antibodies have greater half life in circulation.
  • Production in E. coli may be faster and more cost efficient using, for example, expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria with translation initiation regio (TIR) and signal sequences for optimizing expression and secretion (U.S. Pat. No. 5,648,237; U.S. Pat. No. 5,789,199; U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,523).
  • TIR translation initiation regio
  • the antibody is isolated from the E. coli cell paste in a soluble fraction and can be purified through, e.g., a protein A or G column depending on the isotype. Final purification can be carried out similar to the process for purifying antibody expressed e.g, in CHO cells.
  • eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for anti-TENB2 antibody- or TENB2 polypeptide-encoding vectors.
  • Saccharomyces cerevisiae is a commonly used lower eukaryotic host microorganism.
  • Others include Schizosaccharomyces pombe (Beach and Nurse, (1981) Nature, 290: 140; EP 139,383); Kluyveromyces hosts (U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,529; Fleer et al (1991) Bio/Technology, 9:968-975) such as, e.g., K.
  • lactis (MW98-8C, CBS683, CBS4574; Louvencourt et al (1983) J. Bacteriol., 154(2):737-742), K. fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045), K. wickeramii (ATCC 24,178), K. waltii (ATCC 56,500), K. drosophilarum (ATCC 36,906; Van den Berg et al (1990) Bio/Technology, 8:135), K. thermotolerans , and K. marxianus; yarrowia (EP 402226); Pichia pastoris (EP 183070; Sreekrishna et al (1988) J.
  • Methylotropic yeasts are suitable herein and include, but are not limited to, yeast capable of growth on methanol selected from the genera consisting of Hansenula, Candida, Kloeckera, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Torulopsis , and Rhodotorula.
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide may also be derived from multicellular organisms.
  • invertebrate cells include insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9, as well as plant cells, such as cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia , tomato, and tobacco.
  • Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori have been identified.
  • a variety of viral strains for transfection are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV, and such viruses may be used as the virus herein according to the present invention, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV 1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al (1977) J. Gen Virol. 36:59); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/-DHFR (CHO, Urlaub et al (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather (1980) Biol. Reprod.
  • monkey kidney cells (CV 1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al (1982) Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; and a human hepatoma line (Hep G2).
  • Host cells are transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for anti-TENB2 antibody production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
  • the nucleic acid e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA
  • encoding anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide may be inserted into a replicable vector for cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression.
  • the vector may, for example, be in the form of a plasmid, cosmid, viral particle, or phage.
  • the appropriate nucleic acid sequence may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures.
  • Growth inhibition of tumor cells in vitro or in vivo can be determined in various ways known in the art, such as inhibiting cell proliferation of a TENB2-expressing tumor cell in vitro or in vivo by about 25-100% compared to the untreated tumor cell, or by about 30-100%, or by about 50-100% or 70-100%, in one embodiment, at an antibody concentration of about 0.5 to 30 gig/ml.
  • the growth inhibitory effects of an anti-TENB2 antibody in vitro may be assessed by methods known in the art, e.g., using cells which express a TENB2 polypeptide either endogenously or following transfection with the TENB2 gene.
  • appropriate tumor cell lines and TENB2-transfected cells may treated with an anti-TENB2 monoclonal antibody at various concentrations for a few days (e.g., 2-7) days and stained with crystal violet or MTT or analyzed by some other colorimetric assay. A reduced signal indicates growth inhibition.
  • Another method of measuring proliferation would be by comparing 3 H-thymidine uptake by the cells treated in the presence or absence an anti-TENB2 antibody. After treatment, the cells are harvested and the amount of radioactivity incorporated into the DNA quantitated in a scintillation counter. Inhibition of proliferation would be demonstrated by a reduction of radioactivity.
  • an anti-TENB2 antibody which induces cell death loss of membrane integrity as indicated by, e.g., propidium iodide (PI), trypan blue or 7AAD uptake, may be assessed relative to control.
  • Appropriate positive controls include treatment of a selected cell line with a growth inhibitory antibody known to inhibit growth of that cell line. Growth inhibition can be measured at an antibody concentration of about 0.5 to 30 ⁇ g/ml or about 0.5 nM to 200 nM in cell culture, where the growth inhibition is determined 1-10 days after exposure of the tumor cells to the antibody.
  • the antibody is growth inhibitory in vivo if administration of the anti-TENB2 antibody at about 1 gig/kg to about 100 mg/kg body weight results in reduction in tumor size or reduction of tumor cell proliferation within about 5 days to 3 months from the first administration of the antibody, preferably within about 5 to 30 days.
  • the design, selection, and preparation methods of the invention enable cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies which are reactive with electrophilic functionality. These methods further enable antibody conjugate compounds such as antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) compounds with drug molecules at designated, designed, selective sites. Reactive cysteine residues on an antibody surface allow specifically conjugating a drug moiety through a thiol reactive group such as maleimide or haloacetyl.
  • ADC antibody-drug conjugate
  • Reactive cysteine residues on an antibody surface allow specifically conjugating a drug moiety through a thiol reactive group such as maleimide or haloacetyl.
  • the nucleophilic reactivity of the thiol functionality of a Cys residue to a maleimide group is about 1000 times higher compared to any other amino acid functionality in a protein, such as amino group of lysine residues or the N-terminal amino group.
  • Thiol specific functionality in iodoacetyl and maleimide reagents may react with amine groups, but higher pH (>9.0) and longer reaction times are required (Garman, 1997, Non-Radioactive Labelling: A Practical Approach, Academic Press, London).
  • the amount of free thiol in a protein may be estimated by the standard Ellman's assay.
  • Immunoglobulin M is an example of a disulfide-linked pentamer
  • immunoglobulin G is an example of a protein with internal disulfide bridges bonding the subunits together.
  • the PHESELECTOR Phage ELISA for Selection of Reactive Thiols
  • Assay allows for detection of reactive cysteine groups in antibody-Fabs in an ELISA phage format thereby assisting in the design of cysteine engineered antibodies (US 2007/0092940).
  • the antigen that binds to cysteine engineered antibody is coated on well surfaces, followed by incubation with phage particles displaying cysteine engineered Fabs, addition of HRP labeled secondary antibody, and absorbance detection. Mutant proteins displayed on phage may be screened in a rapid, robust, and high-throughput manner.
  • cysteine engineered antibodies can be produced and subjected to binding selection using the same approach to identify appropriately reactive sites of free Cys incorporation from random protein-phage libraries of antibodies or other proteins.
  • This technique includes reacting cysteine mutant proteins displayed on phage with an affinity reagent or reporter group which is also thiol-reactive.
  • the PHESELECTOR assay allows screening of reactive thiol groups in antibodies. Identification of the A121C variant by this method is exemplary. The entire Fab molecule may be effectively searched to identify more ThioFab variants with reactive thiol groups. A parameter, fractional surface accessibility, was employed to identify and quantitate the accessibility of solvent to the amino acid residues in a polypeptide.
  • the surface accessibility can be expressed as the surface area ( ⁇ 2 ) that can be contacted by a solvent molecule, e.g. water. The occupied space of water is approximated as a 1.4 A radius sphere.
  • AREAIMOL defines the solvent accessible surface of a protein as the locus of the centre of a probe sphere (representing a solvent molecule) as it rolls over the Van der Waals surface of the protein.
  • AREAIMOL calculates the solvent accessible surface area by generating surface points on an extended sphere about each atom (at a distance from the atom centre equal to the sum of the atom and probe radii), and eliminating those that lie within equivalent spheres associated with neighboring atoms.
  • AREAIMOL finds the solvent accessible area of atoms in a PDB coordinate file, and summarizes the accessible area by residue, by chain and for the whole molecule. Accessible areas (or area differences) for individual atoms can be written to a pseudo-PDB output file.
  • AREAIMOL assumes a single radius for each element, and only recognizes a limited number of different elements.
  • AREAIMOL and SURFACE report absolute accessibilities, i.e. the number of square Angstroms (A).
  • Fractional surface accessibility is calculated by reference to a standard state relevant for an amino acid within a polypeptide.
  • the reference state is tripeptide Gly-X-Gly, where X is the amino acid of interest, and the reference state should be an ‘extended’ conformation, i.e. like those in beta-strands.
  • the extended conformation maximizes the accessibility of X.
  • a calculated accessible area is divided by the accessible area in a Gly-X-Gly tripeptide reference state and reports the quotient, which is the fractional accessibility. Percent accessibility is fractional accessibility multiplied by 100.
  • Another exemplary algorithm for calculating surface accessibility is based on the SOLV module of the program xsae (Broger, C., F. Hoffman-LaRoche, Basel) which calculates fractional accessibility of an amino acid residue to a water sphere based on the X-ray coordinates of the polypeptide.
  • the fractional surface accessibility for every amino acid in an antibody may be calculated using available crystal structure information (Eigenbrot et al. (1993) J Mol Biol. 229:969-995).
  • DNA encoding the cysteine engineered antibodies is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies).
  • the hybridoma cells serve as a source of such DNA.
  • the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells, or other mammalian host cells, such as myeloma cells (U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,715; US 2005/0048572; US 2004/0229310) that do not otherwise produce the antibody protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells, or other mammalian host cells, such as myeloma cells (U
  • cysteine engineered antibodies e.g. ThioFabs
  • cysteine engineered antibodies e.g. ThioFabs
  • cysteine engineered antibodies e.g. ThioFabs
  • cysteine engineered antibodies e.g. ThioFabs
  • a mammalian cell culture system e.g. Chinese Hamster Ovary cells (CHO)
  • purification using common protein purification techniques Liowman et al (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266(17): 10982-10988.
  • the engineered Cys thiol groups react with electrophilic linker reagents and drug-linker intermediates to form cysteine engineered antibody drug conjugates and other labelled cysteine engineered antibodies.
  • Cys residues of cysteine engineered antibodies, and present in the parent antibodies, which are paired and form interchain and intrachain disulfide bonds do not have any reactive thiol groups (unless treated with a reducing agent) and do not react with electrophilic linker reagents or drug-linker intermediates.
  • the newly engineered Cys residue can remain unpaired, and able to react with, i.e. conjugate to, an electrophilic linker reagent or drug-linker intermediate, such as a drug-maleimide.
  • Exemplary drug-linker intermediates include: MC-MMAE, MC-MMAF, MC-vc-PAB-MMAE, and MC-vc-PAB-MMAF.
  • the structure positions of the engineered Cys residues of the heavy and light chains are numbered according to a sequential numbering system. This sequential numbering system is correlated to the Kabat numbering system (Kabat et al., (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.) starting at the N-terminus, differs from the Kabat numbering scheme (bottom row) by insertions noted by a,b,c.
  • the actual linear amino acid sequence may contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of, or insertion into, a FR or CDR of the variable domain.
  • the cysteine engineered heavy chain variant sites are identified by the sequential numbering and Kabat numbering schemes.
  • cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is prepared by a process comprising:
  • the cysteine engineered antibody may be more reactive than the parent antibody with the thiol-reactive reagent.
  • the free cysteine amino acid residues may be located in the heavy or light chains, or in the constant or variable domains.
  • Antibody fragments e.g. Fab, may also be engineered with one or more cysteine amino acids replacing amino acids of the antibody fragment, to form cysteine engineered antibody fragments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of preparing (making) a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, comprising:
  • Step (a) of the method of preparing a cysteine engineered antibody may comprise:
  • Step (b) of the method of preparing a cysteine engineered antibody may comprise expressing the cysteine engineered antibody on a viral particle selected from a phage or a phagemid particle.
  • Step (b) of the method of preparing a cysteine engineered antibody may also comprise:
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method of screening cysteine engineered antibodies with highly reactive, unpaired cysteine amino acids for thiol reactivity comprising:
  • Step (a) of the method of screening cysteine engineered antibodies may comprise:
  • Step (b) of the method of screening cysteine engineered antibodies may comprise expressing the cysteine engineered antibody on a viral particle selected from a phage or a phagemid particle.
  • Step (b) of the method of screening cysteine engineered antibodies may also comprise:
  • Cysteine was introduced at the heavy chain 121 (sequential numbering excluding the signal sequence) site into full-length, humanized parent monoclonal anti-TENB2 TMEFF2#19 antibodies by the cysteine engineering methods described herein to give A121C thio hu anti-TENB2 TMEFF2#19 humanized variant with heavy chain sequence: SEQ ID NO: 1, and light chain sequence: SEQ ID NO:2, FIG. 1 .
  • cysteine engineered monoclonal antibodies were expressed in CHO (Chinese Hamster Ovary) cells by transient fermentation in media containing 1 mM cysteine.
  • humanized TMEFF2#19 cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies comprise one or more of the following variable region heavy chain sequences with a free cysteine amino acid (Table 1).
  • humanized TMEFF2#19 cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies comprise one or more of the following variable region light chain sequences with a free cysteine amino acid (Table 2).
  • Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies may be site-specifically and efficiently coupled with a thiol-reactive reagent.
  • the thiol-reactive reagent may be a multifunctional linker reagent, a capture, i.e. affinity, label reagent (e.g. a biotin-linker reagent), a detection label (e.g. a fluorophore reagent), a solid phase immobilization reagent (e.g. SEPHAROSETM, polystyrene, or glass), or a drug-linker intermediate.
  • label reagent e.g. a biotin-linker reagent
  • detection label e.g. a fluorophore reagent
  • solid phase immobilization reagent e.g. SEPHAROSETM, polystyrene, or glass
  • a drug-linker intermediate e.g. SEPHAROSETM, polystyrene, or glass
  • reaction of a ThioFab with a biotin-linker reagent provides a biotinylated ThioFab by which the presence and reactivity of the engineered cysteine residue may be detected and measured.
  • reaction of a ThioFab with a multifunctional linker reagent provides a ThioFab with a functionalized linker which may be further reacted with a drug moiety reagent or other label.
  • Reaction of a ThioFab with a drug-linker intermediate provides a ThioFab drug conjugate.
  • the exemplary methods described here may be applied generally to the identification and production of antibodies, and more generally, to other proteins through application of the design and screening steps described herein.
  • Such an approach may be applied to the conjugation of other thiol-reactive reagents in which the reactive group is, for example, a maleimide, an iodoacetamide, a pyridyl disulfide, or other thiol-reactive conjugation partner (Haugland, 2003, Molecular Probes Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals, Molecular Probes, Inc.; Brinkley, 1992, Bioconjugate Chem. 3:2; Garman, 1997, Non-Radioactive Labelling: A Practical Approach, Academic Press, London; Means (1990) Bioconjugate Chem. 1:2; Hermanson, G. in Bioconjugate Techniques (1996) Academic Press, San Diego, pp. 40-55, 643-671).
  • the reactive group is, for example, a maleimide, an iodoacetamide, a pyridyl disulfide, or other thiol-reactive conjugation partner
  • the thiol-reactive reagent may be a drug moiety, a fluorophore such as a fluorescent dye like fluorescein or rhodamine, a chelating agent for an imaging or radiotherapeutic metal, a peptidyl or non-peptidyl label or detection tag, or a clearance-modifying agent such as various isomers of polyethylene glycol, a peptide that binds to a third component, or another carbohydrate or lipophilic agent.
  • a fluorophore such as a fluorescent dye like fluorescein or rhodamine
  • a chelating agent for an imaging or radiotherapeutic metal such as various isomers of polyethylene glycol, a peptide that binds to a third component, or another carbohydrate or lipophilic agent.
  • Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies, and conjugates thereof may find use as therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents.
  • the present invention further provides methods of preventing, managing, treating or ameliorating one or more symptoms associated with a TENB2 related disorder.
  • the present invention provides methods of preventing, managing, treating, or ameliorating one or more symptoms associated with a cell proliferative disorder, such as cancer, e.g., ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, uterine cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer and breast cancer.
  • the present invention still further provides methods for diagnosing a TENB2 related disorder or predisposition to developing such a disorder, as well as methods for identifying antibodies, and antigen-binding fragments of antibodies, that preferentially bind cell-associated TENB2 polypeptides.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to the use of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody for the preparation of a medicament useful in the treatment of a condition which is responsive to a TENB2 related disorder.
  • Another aspect of the invention is an antibody-drug conjugate compound comprising a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody (Ab), and an auristatin drug moiety (D) wherein the cysteine engineered antibody is attached through one or more free cysteine amino acids by a linker moiety (L) to D; the compound having Formula I:
  • cysteine engineered antibody is prepared by a process comprising replacing one or more amino acid residues of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody by one or more free cysteine amino acids.
  • FIG. 5 shows embodiments of cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates (ADC) where an auristatin drug moiety is attached to an engineered cysteine group in: the light chain (LC-ADC); the heavy chain (HC-ADC); and the Fc region (Fc-ADC).
  • ADC cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates
  • cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates include improved safety (larger therapeutic index), improved PK parameters, the antibody interchain disulfide bonds are retained which may stabilize the conjugate and retain its active binding conformation, the sites of drug conjugation are defined, and the preparation of cysteine engineered antibody drug conjugates from conjugation of cysteine engineered antibodies to drug-linker reagents results in a more homogeneous product.
  • Auristatin drug moieties of the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of Formula I include dolastatins, auristatins (U.S. Pat. No. 5,635,483; U.S. Pat. No. 5,780,588; U.S. Pat. No. 5,767,237; U.S. Pat. No. 6,124,431), and analogs and derivatives thereof. Dolastatins and auristatins have been shown to interfere with microtubule dynamics, GTP hydrolysis, and nuclear and cellular division (Woyke et al (2001) Antimicrob. Agents and Chemother. 45(12):3580-3584) and have anticancer (U.S. Pat. No.
  • Exemplary auristatin embodiments include the N-terminus linked monomethylauristatin drug moieties DE and DF, disclosed in: WO 2005/081711; Senter et al, Proceedings of the American Association for Cancer Research, Volume 45, Abstract Number 623, presented Mar. 28, 2004, the disclosure of each which are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Exemplary auristatin drug moieties include MMAE, and MMAF.
  • the auristatin drug moiety (D) of the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of Formula I include the monomethylauristatin drug moieties MMAE and MMAF.
  • the N-terminus of the MMAE or MMAF drug moiety is covalently attached via a linker to a engineered cysteine of the antibody.
  • exemplary auristatin drug moieties include monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine carboxy modifications at the C-terminus of the pentapeptide auristatin drug moiety (WO 2007/008848) and monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine sidechain modifications at the C-terminus of the pentapeptide auristatin drug moiety (WO 2007/008603).
  • peptide-based drug moieties can be prepared by forming a peptide bond between two or more amino acids and/or peptide fragments.
  • Such peptide bonds can be prepared, for example, according to the liquid phase synthesis method (see E. Schröder and K. Lübke, “The Peptides”, volume 1, pp 76-136, 1965, Academic Press) that is well known in the field of peptide chemistry.
  • Linker means a chemical moiety comprising a covalent bond or a chain of atoms that covalently attaches an antibody to a drug moiety.
  • a linker is specified as L.
  • a “Linker” (L) is a bifunctional or multifunctional moiety which can be used to link one or more Drug moieties (D) and an antibody unit (Ab) to form antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of Formula I.
  • Antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) can be conveniently prepared using a Linker having reactive functionality for binding to the Drug and to the Antibody.
  • a cysteine thiol of a cysteine engineered antibody (Ab) can form a bond with an electrophilic functional group of a linker reagent, a drug moiety or drug-linker intermediate.
  • a Linker has a reactive site which has an electrophilic group that is reactive to a nucleophilic cysteine present on an antibody.
  • the cysteine thiol of the antibody is reactive with an electrophilic group on a Linker and forms a covalent bond to a Linker.
  • Useful electrophilic groups include, but are not limited to, maleimide and haloacetamide groups.
  • Linkers include a divalent radical such as an alkyldiyl, an arylene, a heteroarylene, moieties such as: —(CR 2 ) n O(CR 2 ) n —, repeating units of alkyloxy (e.g. polyethylenoxy, PEG, polymethyleneoxy) and alkylamino (e.g. polyethyleneamino, JeffamineTM); and diacid ester and amides including succinate, succinamide, diglycolate, malonate, and caproamide.
  • Cysteine engineered antibodies react with linker reagents or drug-linker intermediates, with electrophilic functional groups such as maleimide or ⁇ -halo carbonyl, according to the conjugation method at page 766 of Klussman, et al (2004), Bioconjugate Chemistry 15(4):765-773, and according to the protocol of Example 3.
  • the linker may be composed of one or more linker components.
  • exemplary linker components include 6-maleimidocaproyl (“MC”), maleimidopropanoyl (“MP”), valine-citrulline (“val-cit” or “vc”), alanine-phenylalanine (“ala-phe” or “af”), p-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl (“PAB”), N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridylthio) pentanoate (“SPP”), N-succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1 carboxylate (“SMCC’), N-Succinimidyl (4-iodo-acetyl) aminobenzoate (“SIAB”), ethyleneoxy —CH 2 CH 2 O— as one or more repeating units (“EO” or “PEO”). Additional linker components are known in the art and some are described herein.
  • linker L of an ADC has the formula:
  • -A- is a Stretcher unit covalently attached to a cysteine thiol of the antibody (Ab);
  • a is 0 or 1
  • each —W— is independently an Amino Acid unit
  • w is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 12;
  • Y— is a Spacer unit covalently attached to the drug moiety
  • the Stretcher unit (-A-), when present, is capable of linking an antibody unit to an amino acid unit (—W—).
  • an antibody (Ab) has a free cysteine thiol group that can form a bond with an electrophilic functional group of a Stretcher Unit.
  • Exemplary stretcher units in Formula I conjugates are depicted by Formulas II and III, wherein Ab-, —W—, —Y—, -D, w and y are as defined above, and R 17 is a divalent radical selected from (CH 2 ) r , C 3 -C 8 carbocyclyl, O—(CH 2 ) r , arylene, (CH 2 ) r -arylene, -arylene-(CH 2 ) r —, (CH 2 ) r —(C 3 -C 8 carbocyclyl), (C 3 -C 8 carbocyclyl)-(CH 2 ) r —, C 3 -C 8 heterocyclyl, (CH 2 ) r —(C 3 -C 8 heterocyclyl), —(C 3 -C 8 heterocyclyl)-(CH 2 ) r —, —(CH 2 ) r C(O)NR b (CH 2 ) r —,
  • Arylene includes divalent aromatic hydrocarbon radicals of 6-20 carbon atoms derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the aromatic ring system.
  • Typical arylene groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from benzene, substituted benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and the like.
  • Heterocyclyl groups include a ring system in which one or more ring atoms is a heteroatom, e.g. nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the heterocycle radical comprises 1 to 20 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S.
  • a heterocycle may be a monocycle having 3 to 7 ring members (2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S) or a bicycle having 7 to 10 ring members (4 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S), for example: a bicyclo[4,5], [5,5], [5,6], or system.
  • Heterocycles are described in Paquette, Leo A.; “Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry” (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; “The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566.
  • heterocycles include by way of example and not limitation pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, bis-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, bis-tetrahydropyranyl, tetra
  • Carbocyclyl groups include a saturated or unsaturated ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms as a monocycle or 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicycle.
  • Monocyclic carbocycles have 3 to 6 ring atoms, still more typically 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • Bicyclic carbocycles have 7 to 12 ring atoms, e.g. arranged as a bicyclo[4,5], [5,5], [5,6] or [6,6] system, or 9 or 10 ring atoms arranged as a bicyclo[5,6] or [6,6] system.
  • Examples of monocyclic carbocycles include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl, 1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl, 1-cyclohex-3-enyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
  • An illustrative Formula II Stretcher unit is derived from maleimidocaproyl (MC) wherein R 17 is —(CH 2 ) 5 —:
  • An illustrative Stretcher unit of Formula II is derived from maleimido-propanoyl (MP) wherein R 17 is —(CH 2 ) 2 —:
  • the Stretcher unit is linked to the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody via a disulfide bond between the engineered cysteine sulfur atom of the antibody and a sulfur atom of the Stretcher unit.
  • a representative Stretcher unit of this embodiment is depicted by Formula IV, wherein R 17 , Ab-, —W—, —Y—, -D, w and y are as defined above.
  • the reactive group of the Stretcher contains a thiol-reactive functional group that can form a bond with a free cysteine thiol of an antibody.
  • thiol-reaction functional groups include, but are not limited to, maleimide, ⁇ -haloacetyl, activated esters such as succinimide esters, 4-nitrophenyl esters, pentafluorophenyl esters, tetrafluorophenyl esters, anhydrides, acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates and isothiocyanates.
  • Representative Stretcher units of this embodiment are depicted by Formulas Va and Vb, wherein —R 17 —, Ab-, —W—, —Y—, -D, w and y are as defined above;
  • the linker may be a dendritic type linker for covalent attachment of more than one drug moiety through a branching, multifunctional linker moiety to an antibody
  • Dendritic linkers can increase the molar ratio of drug to antibody, i.e. loading, which is related to the potency of the ADC.
  • a cysteine engineered antibody bears only one reactive cysteine thiol group, a multitude of drug moieties may be attached through a dendritic linker.
  • the linker may comprise amino acid residues.
  • the Amino Acid unit (—W w -), when present, links the antibody (Ab) to the drug moiety (D) of the cysteine engineered antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) of the invention.
  • —W w — is a dipeptide, tripeptide, tetrapeptide, pentapeptide, hexapeptide, heptapeptide, octapeptide, nonapeptide, decapeptide, undecapeptide or dodecapeptide unit.
  • Amino acid residues which comprise the Amino Acid unit include those occurring naturally, as well as minor amino acids and non-naturally occurring amino acid analogs, such as citrulline.
  • Each —W— unit independently has the formula denoted below in the square brackets, and w is an integer ranging from 0 to 12:
  • R 19 is hydrogen, methyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, benzyl, p-hydroxybenzyl, —CH 2 OH, —CH(OH)CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 SCH 3 , —CH 2 CONH 2 , —CH 2 COOH, —CH 2 CH 2 CONH 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 COOH, —(CH 2 ) 3 NHC( ⁇ NH)NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) 3 NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) 3 NHCOCH 3 , —(CH 2 ) 3 NHCHO, —(CH 2 ) 4 NHC( ⁇ NH)NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) 4 NH2, —(CH 2 ) 4 NHCOCH 3 , —(CH 2 ) 4 NHCHO, —(CH 2 ) 3 NHCONH 2 , —(CH 2 ) 4 NHCONH 2 , —CH 2 CH 2
  • R 19 When R 19 is other than hydrogen, the carbon atom to which R 19 is attached is chiral. Each carbon atom to which R 19 is attached is independently in the (S) or (R) configuration, or a racemic mixture. Amino acid units may thus be enantiomerically pure, racemic, or diastereomeric.
  • Exemplary —W w — Amino Acid units include a dipeptide, a tripeptide, a tetrapeptide or a pentapeptide.
  • Exemplary dipeptides include: valine-citrulline (vc or val-cit), alanine-phenylalanine (af or ala-phe).
  • Exemplary tripeptides include: glycine-valine-citrulline (gly-val-cit) and glycine-glycine-glycine (gly-gly-gly).
  • Amino acid residues which comprise an amino acid linker component include those occurring naturally, as well as minor amino acids and non-naturally occurring amino acid analogs, such as citrulline.
  • the Amino Acid unit can be enzymatically cleaved by one or more enzymes, including a tumor-associated protease, to liberate the Drug moiety (-D), which in one embodiment is protonated in vivo upon release to provide a Drug (D).
  • Amino acid linker components can be designed and optimized in their selectivity for enzymatic cleavage by a particular enzymes, for example, a tumor-associated protease, cathepsin B, C and D, or a plasmin protease.
  • a non self-immolative Spacer unit is one in which part or all of the Spacer unit remains bound to the Drug moiety after cleavage, particularly enzymatic, of an Amino Acid unit from the antibody-drug conjugate or the Drug moiety-linker.
  • an ADC containing a glycine-glycine Spacer unit or a glycine Spacer unit undergoes enzymatic cleavage via a tumor-cell associated-protease, a cancer-cell-associated protease or a lymphocyte-associated protease, a glycine-glycine-Drug moiety or a glycine-Drug moiety is cleaved from Ab-A a -Ww-.
  • an independent hydrolysis reaction takes place within the target cell, cleaving the glycine-Drug moiety bond and liberating the Drug.
  • —Y y — is a p-aminobenzylcarbamoyl (PAB) unit whose phenylene portion is substituted with Q m wherein Q is —C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -halogen, -nitro or -cyano; and m is an integer ranging from 0-4.
  • PAB p-aminobenzylcarbamoyl
  • Exemplary embodiments of a non self-immolative Spacer unit are: -Gly-Gly-; -Gly-; -Ala-Phe-; -Val-Cit-.
  • an ADC containing a self-immolative Spacer unit can release -D.
  • —Y— is a PAB group that is linked to —W w — via the amino nitrogen atom of the PAB group, and connected directly to -D via a carbonate, carbamate or ether group, where the ADC has the exemplary structure:
  • Q is —C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -halogen, -nitro or -cyano; m is an integer ranging from 0-4; and p ranges from 1 to 4.
  • self-immolative spacers include, but are not limited to, aromatic compounds that are electronically similar to the PAB group such as 2-aminoimidazol-5-methanol derivatives (Hay et al. (1999) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9:2237), heterocyclic PAB analogs (US 2005/0256030), beta-glucuronide (WO 2007/011968), and ortho or para-aminobenzylacetals.
  • aromatic compounds that are electronically similar to the PAB group such as 2-aminoimidazol-5-methanol derivatives (Hay et al. (1999) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9:2237), heterocyclic PAB analogs (US 2005/0256030), beta-glucuronide (WO 2007/011968), and ortho or para-aminobenzylacetals.
  • Spacers can be used that undergo cyclization upon amide bond hydrolysis, such as substituted and unsubstituted 4-aminobutyric acid amides (Rodrigues et al (1995) Chemistry Biology 2:223), appropriately substituted bicyclo[2.2.1] and bicyclo[2.2.2] ring systems (Storm et al (1972) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 94:5815) and 2-aminophenylpropionic acid amides (Amsberry, et al (1990) J. Org. Chem. 55:5867). Elimination of amine-containing drugs that are substituted at glycine (Kingsbury et al (1984) J. Med. Chem. 27:1447) are also examples of self-immolative spacer useful in ADCs.
  • Spacer units (—Y y —) are represented by Formulas X-XII:
  • linker L may be a dendritic type linker for covalent attachment of more than one drug moiety through a branching, multifunctional linker moiety to an antibody (Sun et al (2002) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 12:2213-2215; Sun et al (2003) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 11:1761-1768).
  • Dendritic linkers can increase the molar ratio of drug to antibody, i.e. loading, which is related to the potency of the ADC.
  • a cysteine engineered antibody bears only one reactive cysteine thiol group, a multitude of drug moieties may be attached through a dendritic linker.
  • Exemplary embodiments of branched, dendritic linkers include 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 2,4,6-tris(hydroxymethyl)-phenol dendrimer units (WO 2004/01993; Szalai et al (2003) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 125:15688-15689; Shamis et al (2004) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 126:1726-1731; Amir et al (2003) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 42:4494-4499).
  • the Spacer unit is a branched bis(hydroxymethyl)styrene (BHMS), which can be used to incorporate and release multiple drugs, having the structure:
  • Exemplary embodiments of the Formula I antibody-drug conjugate compounds include XIIIa (MC), XIIIb (val-cit), XIIIc (MC-val-cit), and XIIId (MC-val-cit-PAB):
  • Y is:
  • R is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and n is 1 to 12.
  • a Linker has a reactive functional group which has a nucleophilic group that is reactive to an electrophilic group present on an antibody.
  • Useful electrophilic groups on an antibody include, but are not limited to, aldehyde and ketone carbonyl groups.
  • the heteroatom of a nucleophilic group of a Linker can react with an electrophilic group on an antibody and form a covalent bond to an antibody unit.
  • Useful nucleophilic groups on a Linker include, but are not limited to, hydrazide, oxime, amino, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide.
  • the electrophilic group on an antibody provides a convenient site for attachment to a Linker.
  • peptide-type Linkers can be prepared by forming a peptide bond between two or more amino acids and/or peptide fragments.
  • Such peptide bonds can be prepared, for example, according to the liquid phase synthesis method (E. Schröder and K. Lübke (1965) “The Peptides”, volume 1, pp 76-136, Academic Press) which is well known in the field of peptide chemistry.
  • Linker intermediates may be assembled with any combination or sequence of reactions including Spacer, Stretcher, and Amino Acid units.
  • the Spacer, Stretcher, and Amino Acid units may employ reactive functional groups which are electrophilic, nucleophilic, or free radical in nature.
  • Reactive functional groups include, but are not limited to carboxyls, hydroxyls, para-nitrophenylcarbonate, isothiocyanate, and leaving groups, such as O-mesyl, O-tosyl, —Cl, —Br, —I; or maleimide.
  • the Linker may be substituted with groups which modulated solubility or reactivity.
  • a charged substituent such as sulfonate (—SO 3 ⁇ ) or ammonium, may increase water solubility of the reagent and facilitate the coupling reaction of the linker reagent with the antibody or the drug moiety, or facilitate the coupling reaction of Ab-L (antibody-linker intermediate) with D, or D-L (drug-linker intermediate) with Ab, depending on the synthetic route employed to prepare the ADC.
  • Conjugates of the antibody and auristatin may be made using a variety of bifunctional linker reagents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds
  • the antibody drug conjugates may also be prepared with linker reagents: BMPEO, BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC-SMCC, MBS, MPBH, SBAP, SIA, SIAB, SMPB, SMPH, sulfo-EMCS, sulfo-GMBS, sulfo-KMUS, sulfo-MBS, sulfo-SIAB, sulfo-SMCC, and sulfo-SMPB, and SVSB (succinimidyl-(4-vinylsulfone)benzoate), and including bis-maleimide reagents: DTME, BMB, BMDB, BMH, BMOE, BM(PEO) 3 , and BM(PEO) 4 , which are commercially available from Pierce Biotechnology, Inc., P.O.
  • linker reagents BMPEO, BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC
  • Bis-maleimide reagents allow the attachment of the thiol group of a cysteine engineered antibody to a thiol-containing drug moiety, label, or linker intermediate, in a sequential or concurrent fashion.
  • Other functional groups besides maleimide, which are reactive with a thiol group of a cysteine engineered antibody, drug moiety, label, or linker intermediate include iodoacetamide, bromoacetamide, vinyl pyridine, disulfide, pyridyl disulfide, isocyanate, and isothiocyanate.
  • Useful linker reagents can also be obtained via other commercial sources, such as Molecular Biosciences Inc. (Boulder, Colo.), or synthesized in accordance with procedures described in Toki et al (2002) J. Org. Chem. 67:1866-1872; Walker, M. A. (1995) J. Org. Chem. 60:5352-5355; Frisch et al (1996) Bioconjugate Chem. 7:180-186; U.S. Pat. No. 6,214,345; WO 02/088172; US 2003130189; US2003096743; WO 03/026577; WO 03/043583; and WO 04/032828.
  • Stretchers of formula (IIIa) can be introduced into a Linker by reacting the following linker reagents with the N-terminus of an Amino Acid unit:
  • n is an integer ranging from 1-10 and T is —H or —SO 3 Na;
  • n is an integer ranging from 0-3;
  • Stretcher units of can be introduced into a Linker by reacting the following bifunctional reagents with the N-terminus of an Amino Acid unit:
  • Stretcher units of formula can also be introduced into a Linker by reacting the following bifunctional reagents with the N-terminus of an Amino Acid unit:
  • valine-citrulline (val-cit or vc) dipeptide linker reagent having a maleimide Stretcher and a para-aminobenzylcarbamoyl (PAB) self-immolative Spacer has the structure:
  • An exemplary phe-lys(Mtr, mono-4-methoxytrityl) dipeptide linker reagent having a maleimide Stretcher unit and a PAB self-immolative Spacer unit can be prepared according to Dubowchik, et al. (1997) Tetrahedron Letters, 38:5257-60, and has the structure:
  • Exemplary drug-linker intermediates include:
  • Exemplary antibody-drug conjugate compounds of the invention include:
  • Val valine
  • Cit citrulline
  • p 1, 2, 3, or 4
  • Ab is a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • the ADC of Formula I may be prepared by several routes, employing organic chemistry reactions, conditions, and reagents known to those skilled in the art, including: (1) reaction of a cysteine group of a cysteine engineered antibody with a linker reagent, to form antibody-linker intermediate Ab-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with an activated drug moiety D; and (2) reaction of a nucleophilic group of a drug moiety with a linker reagent, to form drug-linker intermediate D-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with a cysteine group of a cysteine engineered antibody. Conjugation methods (1) and (2) may be employed with a variety of cysteine engineered antibodies, drug moieties, and linkers to prepare the antibody-drug conjugates of Formula I.
  • Antibody cysteine thiol groups are nucleophilic and capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker reagents and drug-linker intermediates including: (i) active esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides, such as haloacetamides; (iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups; and (iv) disulfides, including pyridyl disulfides, via sulfide exchange.
  • active esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid halides
  • alkyl and benzyl halides such as haloacetamides
  • aldehydes ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups
  • disulfides including pyridyl disulfides, via sulfide exchange.
  • Nucleophilic groups on a drug moiety include, but are not limited to: amine, thiol, hydroxyl, hydrazide, oxime, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide groups capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties and linker reagents.
  • Cysteine engineered antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT (Cleland's reagent, dithiothreitol) or TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride; Getz et al (1999) Anal. Biochem. Vol 273:73-80; Soltec Ventures, Beverly, Mass.), followed by reoxidation to reform interchain and intrachain disulfide bonds (Example 2).
  • a reducing agent such as DTT (Cleland's reagent, dithiothreitol) or TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride; Getz et al (1999) Anal. Biochem. Vol 273:73-80; Soltec Ventures, Beverly, Mass.
  • TCEP tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride
  • the reduced ThioMab is diluted and loaded onto HiTrap S column in 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 5, and eluted with PBS containing 0.3M sodium chloride. Disulfide bonds were reestablished between cysteine residues present in the parent Mab with dilute (200 nM) aqueous copper sulfate (CuSO 4 ) at room temperature, overnight.
  • dehydroascorbic acid is an effective oxidant to reestablish the intrachain disulfide groups of the cysteine engineered antibody after reductive cleavage of the cysteine adducts.
  • Other oxidants i.e. oxidizing agents, and oxidizing conditions, which are known in the art may be used.
  • Ambient air oxidation is also effective. This mild, partial reoxidation step forms intrachain disulfides efficiently with high fidelity and preserves the thiol groups of the newly introduced cysteine residues.
  • An approximate 3 fold excess of drug-linker intermediate e.g.
  • MC-vc-PAB-MMAE relative to antibody (about 1.5 fold excess relative to newly introduced cysteine residues) was added, mixed, and let stand for about an hour at room temperature to effect conjugation and form the TMEFF2#19 anti-TENB2 antibody-drug conjugate.
  • the conjugation mixture was gel filtered and loaded and eluted through a HiTrap S column to remove excess drug-linker intermediate and other impurities.
  • FIG. 6 shows the general process to prepare a cysteine engineered antibody expressed from cell culture for conjugation.
  • the cell culture media contains cysteine
  • disulfide adducts can form between the newly introduced cysteine amino acid and cysteine from media.
  • These cysteine adducts depicted as a circle in the exemplary ThioMab (left) in FIG. 6 , must be reduced to generate cysteine engineered antibodies reactive for conjugation.
  • Cysteine adducts presumably along with various interchain disulfide bonds, are reductively cleaved to give a reduced form of the antibody with reducing agents such as TCEP.
  • the interchain disulfide bonds between paired cysteine residues are reformed under partial oxidation conditions with copper sulfate, DHAA, or exposure to ambient oxygen.
  • the newly introduced, engineered, and unpaired cysteine residues remain available for reaction with linker reagents or drug-linker intermediates to form the antibody conjugates of the invention.
  • the ThioMabs expressed in mammalian cell lines result in externally conjugated Cys adduct to an engineered Cys through —S—S— bond formation.
  • the purified ThioMabs are treated with the reduction and reoxidation procedures as described in Example 2 to produce reactive ThioMabs.
  • These ThioMabs are used to conjugate with maleimide containing cytotoxic drugs, fluorophores, and other labels.
  • Yet another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of determining the presence of a TENB2 polypeptide in a sample suspected of containing the TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises exposing the sample to a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, that binds to the TENB2 polypeptide and determining binding of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to the TENB2 polypeptide in the sample, wherein the presence of such binding is indicative of the presence of the TENB2 polypeptide in the sample.
  • the sample may contain cells (which may be cancer cells) suspected of expressing the TENB2 polypeptide.
  • the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, employed in the method may optionally be detectably labeled, attached to a solid support, or the like.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of diagnosing the presence of a tumor in a mammal, wherein the method comprises (a) contacting a test sample comprising tissue cells obtained from the mammal with a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, that binds to a TENB2 polypeptide and (b) detecting the formation of a complex between the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, and the TENB2 polypeptide in the test sample, wherein the formation of a complex is indicative of the presence of a tumor in the mammal.
  • cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof is detectably labeled, attached to a solid support, or the like, and/or the test sample of tissue cells is obtained from an individual suspected of having a cancerous tumor.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method for inhibiting the growth of a cell that expresses a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises contacting the cell with a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to the TENB2 polypeptide causes inhibition of the growth of the cell expressing the TENB2.
  • the cell may be a cancer cell and binding of the cysteine engineered antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to the TENB2 polypeptide causes death of the cell expressing the TENB2 polypeptide.
  • the cytotoxic or cytostatic activity of an antibody-drug conjugate is measured by: exposing mammalian cells expressing TENB2 polypeptide to ADC in a cell culture medium; culturing the cells for a period from about 6 hours to about 5 days; and measuring cell viability.
  • Mammalian cells useful for cell proliferation assays include: (1) a TENB2 polypeptide-expressing LuCaP77 tumor xenograft; (2) a PC3-derived cell line engineered to stably express a portion of the TENB2 polypeptide on its cell surface (PC3/TENB2); and (3) a PC3 cell line that does not express TENB2 polypeptide (PC3/neo).
  • PC3/TENB2 PC3-derived cell line engineered to stably express a portion of the TENB2 polypeptide on its cell surface
  • PC3/neo PC3 cell line that does not express TENB2 polypeptide
  • the disposition of the anti-TENB2 antibody-drug conjugates in vivo was analyzed by measuring the serum concentrations of antibody and of drug conjugate after a single intravenous bolus dose into Sprague-Dawley rats. Concentrations of antibody-drug conjugates bearing at least one cytotoxic drug were measured with an ELISA that used anti-MMAE for the capture and biotinylated TENB2 extra-cellular domain (ECD) and streptavidin-horseradish peroxidase (HRP) for detection. Total TMEFF2#19 and ThioTMEFF2#19 concentrations in serum were measured with an ELISA that used TENB2 ECD for capture and anti- ⁇ human-Fc HRP as the secondary antibody.
  • ECD biotinylated TENB2 extra-cellular domain
  • HRP streptavidin-horseradish peroxidase
  • This assay measured any anti-TENB2 antibody, both with and without conjugated MMAE.
  • the assays have lower limits of quantitation of 16.4 ng/mL with a minimum dilution of 1:100.
  • the serum concentration-time data from each animal was analyzed using a two-compartment model with IV bolus input, first-order elimination, and macro-rate constants (Model 8, WinNonlin Pro v.5.0.1, Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View, Calif.). Overall goodness of fit was based on the predicted estimate, standard error for the prediction, and percentage of coefficient of variation for primary and secondary parameters, as well as inspection of residual plots between observed and predicted concentration ⁇ -time data.
  • Individual primary PK parameters comprised the zero-time intercepts (A and B) associated with the alpha and beta phases, respectively, and the micro-rate constants (alpha and beta).
  • the following modeling options were used: Initial estimates were determined using WinNonlin; Concentrations were weighted by the reciprocal of the predicted concentration squared (1/ ⁇ 2 ); Nelder-Mead minimization algorithm was used. The following PK parameters were reported: AUC 0 ⁇ INF , CL, C max , MRT, t 1/2,a , t 1/2,b , V 1 and V ss .
  • Rats were dosed with 5 mg/kg body weight of thio TMEFF2#19-VC-MMAE or 5 mg/kg TMEFF2#19-VC-MMAE. Serum from rats was collected at 5 minutes, 1 hour, 6 hours, 24 hours, and 2, 3, 4, 8, 11, 15, 21, and 28 days after dosing. Dose linearity of kinetics was observed for ch TMEFF2#19-VC-MMAE between 0.5 and 5 mg/kg dose, so the 5 mg/kg dose data have been arithmetically converted to reflect the predicted data at 5 mg/kg for comparison with thio TMEFF2#19-VC-MMAE.
  • the toxicity of cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody-drug conjugates was evaluated in an acute toxicity rat and cynomolgus models. Toxicity of ADC was investigated by treatment of female Sprague-Dawley rats and cynomolgus monkeys with the ADC and subsequent inspection and analysis of the effects on various organs. Based on gross observations (body weights), clinical pathology parameters (serum chemistry and hematology) and histopathology, the toxicity of ADC may be observed, characterized, and measured. It was found that at equivalent dose levels, no target-dependant effects appeared. Target-independent toxicities were observed at doe that exceeded the efficacious doses in animal tumor models.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of therapeutically treating a mammal having a cancerous tumor comprising cells that express a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a cysteine engineered antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, that binds to the TENB2 polypeptide, thereby resulting in the effective therapeutic treatment of the tumor.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method for treating or preventing a cell proliferative disorder associated with altered, preferably increased, expression or activity of a TENB2 polypeptide, the method comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof.
  • An exemplary cell proliferative disorder is cancer.
  • Effective treatment or prevention of the cell proliferative disorder may be a result of direct killing or growth inhibition of cells that express a TENB2 polypeptide or by antagonizing the cell growth potentiating activity of a TENB2 polypeptide with the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof.
  • Yet another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of binding a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to a cell that expresses a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises contacting a cell that expresses a TENB2 polypeptide with said cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, under conditions which are suitable for binding of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to said TENB2 polypeptide and allowing binding therebetween.
  • the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof is labeled with a molecule or compound that is useful for qualitatively and/or quantitatively determining the location and/or amount of binding of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to the cell.
  • inventions of the present invention are directed to the use of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, in the preparation of a medicament useful for (i) the therapeutic treatment or diagnostic detection of a cancer or tumor, or (ii) the therapeutic treatment or prevention of a cell proliferative disorder.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, wherein the growth of said cancer cell is at least in part dependent upon the growth potentiating effect(s) of a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises contacting the TENB2 polypeptide with a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, thereby antagonizing the growth-potentiating activity of the TENB2 polypeptide and, in turn, inhibiting the growth of the cancer cell, whereby the growth of the cancer cell is inhibited.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of therapeutically treating a tumor in a mammal, wherein the growth of said tumor is at least in part dependent upon the growth potentiating effect(s) of a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-TENB2 cysteine engineered antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, that binds to the TENB2 polypeptide, thereby antagonizing the growth potentiating activity of said TENB2 polypeptide and resulting in the effective therapeutic treatment of the tumor.
  • the antibodies, antibody fragments, and conjugates thereof recognize extracellular epitopes of plasma membrane TENB2 proteins that are released into the extracellular fluid.
  • the invention further provides methods for the detection, monitoring and treatment of malignancies such as breast cancer and ovarian cancer using the antibodies, antibody fragments and conjugates.
  • Antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the present invention may be used to treat various diseases or disorders, e.g. characterized by the overexpression of a TENB2 tumor antigen.
  • exemplary conditions or hyperproliferative disorders include benign or malignant tumors including prostate cancer.
  • the ADC compounds which are identified in the animal models and cell-based assays can be further tested in tumor-bearing higher primates and human clinical trials.
  • the clinical trial may be designed to evaluate the efficacy of an ADC in combinations with known therapeutic regimens, such as radiation and/or chemotherapy involving known chemotherapeutic and/or cytotoxic agents.
  • the disease or disorder to be treated is a hyperproliferative disease such as cancer.
  • cancer to be treated herein include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer (e.g.
  • lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, as well as head and neck cancer.
  • lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer,
  • an ADC for the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate dosage of an ADC will depend on the type of disease to be treated, as defined above, the severity and course of the disease, whether the molecule is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the antibody, and the discretion of the attending physician.
  • the molecule is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments.
  • about 1 pg/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g. 0.1-20 mg/kg) of molecule is an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion.
  • a typical daily dosage might range from about 1 pg/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • An exemplary dosage of ADC to be administered to a patient is in the range of about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg of patient weight.
  • An exemplary dosing regimen comprises administering an initial loading dose of about 4 mg/kg, followed by a weekly maintenance dose of about 2 mg/kg of an anti-TENB2 antibody. Other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays including ultrasound imaging.
  • the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention may be administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated.
  • the ADC will typically be administered parenterally, i.e. infusion, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural.
  • compositions of therapeutic antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention are typically prepared for parenteral administration, i.e. bolus, intravenous, intratumor injection with a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle and in a unit dosage, sterile injectable form.
  • An antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) having the desired degree of purity is optionally mixed with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, carriers, excipients or stabilizers ( Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (1980) 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed.), in the form of a lyophilized formulation or an aqueous solution.
  • Acceptable diluents, carriers, excipients, and stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparag
  • the active pharmaceutical ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semi permeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the ADC, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinyl alcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
  • copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma-ethyl-L-glutamate non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate
  • degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOTTM (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-( ⁇ )-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
  • the formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administration routes.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.). Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, croscarmellose, povidone, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia , and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan
  • the aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • compositions of ADC may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • a sterile injectable preparation such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilized powder.
  • the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic
  • an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 ⁇ g of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • formulations of ADC suitable for oral administration may be prepared as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the ADC.
  • the formulations may be packaged in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water, for injection immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example water
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • compositions of the invention may also be formulated as immunoliposomes.
  • a “liposome” is a small vesicle composed of various types of lipids, phospholipids and/or surfactant which is useful for delivery of a drug to a mammal. The components of the liposome are commonly arranged in a bilayer formation, similar to the lipid arrangement of biological membranes. Liposomes containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688; Hwang et al (1980) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 77:4030; U.S. Pat. No. 4,485,045; U.S.
  • Liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes may be extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
  • Fab′fragments of the compositions of the present invention can be conjugated to liposomes (Martin et al (1982) J. Biol. Chem. 257:286-288), via a disulfide interchange reaction.
  • a chemotherapeutic agent is optionally contained within the liposome (Gabizon et al (1989) J. National Cancer Inst. 81(19): 1484.
  • An antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) of the invention may be combined in a pharmaceutical combination formulation, or dosing regimen as combination therapy, with a second compound having anti-cancer properties.
  • the second compound of the pharmaceutical combination formulation or dosing regimen preferably has complementary activities to the ADC of the combination such that they do not adversely affect each other.
  • the second compound may be a chemotherapeutic agent, cytotoxic agent, cytokine, growth inhibitory agent, anti-hormonal agent, and/or cardioprotectant.
  • chemotherapeutic agent such as a tubulin-forming inhibitor, a topoisomerase inhibitor, a DNA intercalator, or a DNA binder.
  • the combination therapy may be administered as a simultaneous or sequential regimen.
  • the combination may be administered in two or more administrations.
  • the combined administration includes coadministration, using separate formulations or a single pharmaceutical formulation, and consecutive administration in either order, wherein preferably there is a time period while both (or all) active agents simultaneously exert their biological activities.
  • treatment with an ADC involves the combined administration of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody or antibody-drug conjugate thereof, and one or more chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic biological, or growth inhibitory agents, including coadministration of cocktails of different chemotherapeutic agents.
  • Chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to: taxanes (such as paclitaxel and docetaxel); platinum-containing compounds, such as carboplatin; EGFR inhibitors such as erlotinib, and gefitinib; tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as imatinib; and anthracycline antibiotics (such as doxorubicin or doxil).
  • Therapeutic biological agents to be used in combination with a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody or antibody-drug conjugate thereof include bevacizumab (Avastin®) or pertuzumab (OmnitargTM, Genentech Inc). Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapeutic agents may be used according to manufacturer's instructions or as determined empirically by the skilled practitioner.
  • the ADC may be combined with an anti-hormonal compound; e.g., an anti-estrogen compound such as tamoxifen; an anti-progesterone such as onapristone (EP 616812); or an anti-androgen such as flutamide, in dosages known for such molecules.
  • an anti-hormonal compound e.g., an anti-estrogen compound such as tamoxifen; an anti-progesterone such as onapristone (EP 616812); or an anti-androgen such as flutamide
  • an anti-hormonal compound such as tamoxifen
  • an anti-progesterone such as onapristone (EP 616812)
  • an anti-androgen such as flutamide
  • Suitable dosages for any of the above coadministered agents are those presently used and may be lowered due to the combined action (synergy) of the newly identified agent and other chemotherapeutic agents or treatments.
  • the combination therapy may provide “synergy” and prove “synergistic”, i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately.
  • a synergistic effect may be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined, unit dosage formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen.
  • a synergistic effect may be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g. by different injections in separate syringes.
  • an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e. serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
  • the invention includes novel and unobvious compounds produced by a process comprising contacting a compound of this invention with a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof.
  • Metabolite products typically are identified by preparing a radiolabelled (e.g. 14 C or 3 H) ADC, administering it parenterally in a detectable dose (e.g. greater than about 0.5 mg/kg) to an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur (typically about 30 seconds to 30 hours) and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.
  • a detectable dose e.g. greater than about 0.5 mg/kg
  • an article of manufacture or “kit”, containing materials useful for the treatment of the disorders described above.
  • the article of manufacture comprises a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container.
  • the package insert may refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products and that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, blister pack, etc.
  • the containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • the article of manufacture comprises a container and a formulation of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody-drug conjugate thereof, contained within the container.
  • the article may further optionally comprise a label affixed to the container, or a package insert included with the container, that refers to the use of the composition of matter for the therapeutic treatment or diagnostic detection of a tumor.
  • the container holding the formulation is effective for storing and delivering the therapeutic and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • the label or package insert indicates that the formulation is used for treating the condition of choice, such as cancer.
  • the article of manufacture may further comprise a second (or third) container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • phosphate-buffered saline such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • phosphate-buffered saline such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • Ringer's solution such as phosphate
  • FIG. 1 shows the heavy chain amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:1) and the light chain amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:2).
  • ThioMabs Full length, cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 monoclonal antibodies expressed in CHO cells bear cysteine adducts (cystines) on the engineered cysteines due to cell culture conditions.
  • cysteine adducts cysteine adducts
  • the ThioMabs are dissolved in 500 mM sodium borate and 500 mM sodium chloride at about pH 8.0 and reduced with about a 50-100 fold excess of 1 mM TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride; Getz et al (1999) Anal. Biochem. Vol 273:73-80; Soltec Ventures, Beverly, Mass.) for about 1-2 hrs at 37° C.
  • TCEP tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride
  • the reduced ThioMab ( FIG. 6 ) is diluted and loaded onto a HiTrap S column in 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 5, and eluted with PBS containing 0.3M sodium chloride.
  • the eluted reduced ThioMab is treated with 2 mM dehydroascorbic acid (dhAA) at pH 7 for 3 hours, or 2 mM aqueous copper sulfate (CuSO 4 ) at room temperature overnight. Ambient air oxidation may also be effective.
  • the buffer is exchanged by elution over Sephadex G25 resin and eluted with PBS with 1 mM DTPA.
  • the thiol/Ab value is checked by determining the reduced antibody concentration from the absorbance at 280 nm of the solution and the thiol concentration by reaction with DTNB (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wis.) and determination of the absorbance at 412 nm.
  • the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is dissolved in PBS (phosphate buffered saline) buffer and chilled on ice.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • About 1.5 molar equivalents relative to engineered cysteines per antibody of an auristatin drug linker intermediate, such as MC-MMAE (maleimidocaproyl-monomethyl auristatin E), MC-MMAF, MC-val-cit-PAB-MMAE, or MC-val-cit-PAB-MMAF, with a thiol-reactive functional group such as maleimido is dissolved in DMSO, diluted in acetonitrile and water, and added to the chilled reduced, reoxidized antibody in PBS.
  • reaction mixture is concentrated by centrifugal ultrafiltration and the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugate is purified and desalted by elution through G25 resin in PBS, filtered through 0.2 m filters under sterile conditions, and frozen for storage.
  • Humanized anti-tenb2 Mab PR1 was obtained from PDL.
  • ThioMab anti-tenB2 PR1(HC-A121C; sequential numbering) and tenB2ECD Flag protein were produced as discussed above.
  • PC3 is a human prostate carcinoma cell line (ATCC).
  • PC3TenB2 Medium stable cell line was generated by Genentech. Human prostate explant models, LuCap70, 77 and 96.1 were obtained from the University of Washington.
  • RNA and Protein Expression RNA expression analysis, Immunological procedures (IHC, Western), antibody binding (FACS) and internalization followed previously published methods (Cancer research 64, 781-788 (2004)).
  • Rats and Cynomolgus Monkeys Models for Safety Assessment Anti-tenb2 Mab specifically recognized human, monkey and rats tenb2 target (FS I domain).
  • TEFF2 human TenB2
  • TMEFF2 human TenB2
  • Anti-TenB2 antibodies were also demonstrated to be rapidly internalized. These antibodies, when conjugated to MMAE and MMAF were shown to kill prostate tumor cells in vitro and in vivo in various cell killing assays. Furthermore, efficacious doses of TENB2-ADCs were significantly lower than those that are required to elicit toxic effects in rodents and primates.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)

Abstract

Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies are engineered by replacing one or more amino acids of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody with non cross-linked, reactive cysteine amino acids. Methods of design, preparation, screening, and selection of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies are provided. Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies (Ab) are conjugated with one or more drug moieties (D) through a linker (L) to form cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody-drug conjugates having Formula I:

Ab-(L-D)p  I
    • where p is 1 to 4. Diagnostic and therapeutic uses for cysteine engineered antibody drug compounds and compositions are disclosed.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional application of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/288,181, filed Oct. 16, 2008, which is a non-provisional application filed under 37 CFR 1.53(b)(1), claiming priority under 35 USC 119(e) to provisional application No. 60/981,411 filed Oct. 19, 2007, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted in ASCII format via EFS-Web and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The ASCII copy, created on Nov. 18, 2014, is titled “GNE0311 US” and is 28,672 bytes in size.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates generally to antibodies engineered with reactive cysteine residues and more specifically to antibodies with therapeutic or diagnostic applications. The cysteine engineered antibodies may be conjugated with chemotherapeutic drugs, toxins, affinity ligands such as biotin, and detection labels such as fluorophores. The invention also relates to methods of using antibodies and antibody-drug conjugate compounds for in vitro, in situ, and in vivo diagnosis or treatment of mammalian cells, or associated pathological conditions.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Antibody therapy has been established for the targeted treatment of patients with cancer, immunological and angiogenic disorders. Transmembrane or otherwise tumor-associated polypeptides specifically expressed on the surface of cancer cells as compared to normal, non-cancerous cell(s) have been identified as cellular targets for cancer diagnosis and therapy with antibodies. Identification of such tumor-associated cell surface antigen polypeptides, i.e. tumor associated antigens (TAA), allows specific targeting of cancer cells for destruction via antibody-based therapies.
  • The use of antibody-drug conjugates (ADC), i.e. immunoconjugates, for the local delivery of cytotoxic or cytostatic agents, i.e. drugs to kill or inhibit tumor cells in the treatment of cancer (Lambert, J. (2005) Curr. Opinion in Pharmacology 5:543-549; Wu et al (2005) Nature Biotechnology 23(9): 1137-1146; Payne, G. (2003) Cancer Cell 3:207-212; Syrigos and Epenetos (1999) Anticancer Research 19:605-614; Niculescu-Duvaz and Springer (1997) Adv. Drug Del. Rev. 26:151-172; U.S. Pat. No. 4,975,278) allows targeted delivery of the drug moiety to tumors, and intracellular accumulation therein, where systemic administration of these unconjugated drug agents may result in unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells as well as the tumor cells sought to be eliminated (Baldwin et al (1986) Lancet pp. (Mar. 15, 1986):603-05; Thorpe, (1985) “Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review,” in Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical Applications, A. Pinchera et al (ed.s), pp. 475-506). Efforts to improve the therapeutic index, i.e. maximal efficacy and minimal toxicity of ADC have focused on the selectivity of polyclonal (Rowland et al (1986) Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 21:183-87) and monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) as well as drug-linking and drug-releasing properties (Lambert, J. (2005) Curr. Opinion in Pharmacology 5:543-549). Drug moieties used in antibody drug conjugates include bacterial protein toxins such as diphtheria toxin, plant protein toxins such as ricin, small molecules such as auristatins, geldanamycin (Mandler et al (2000) J. of the Nat. Cancer Inst. 92(19):1573-1581; Mandler et al (2000) Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Letters 10:1025-1028; Mandler et al (2002) Bioconjugate Chem. 13:786-791), maytansinoids (EP 1391213; Liu et al (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:8618-8623), calicheamicin (Lode et al (1998) Cancer Res. 58:2928; Hinman et al (1993) Cancer Res. 53:3336-3342), daunomycin, doxorubicin, methotrexate, and vindesine (Rowland et al (1986) supra). The drug moieties may affect cytotoxic and cytostatic mechanisms including tubulin binding, DNA binding, or topoisomerase inhibition. Some cytotoxic drugs tend to be inactive or less active when conjugated to large antibodies or protein receptor ligands.
  • The auristatin peptides, auristatin E (AE) and monomethylauristatin (MMAE), synthetic analogs of dolastatin (WO 02/088172), have been conjugated as drug moieties to: (i) chimeric monoclonal antibodies cBR96 (specific to Lewis Y on carcinomas); (ii) cAC 10 which is specific to CD30 on hematological malignancies (Klussman, et al (2004), Bioconjugate Chemistry 15(4):765-773; Doronina et al (2003) Nature Biotechnology 21(7):778-784; Francisco et al (2003) Blood 102(4):1458-1465; US 2004/0018194; (iii) anti-CD20 antibodies such as rituxan (WO 04/032828) for the treatment of CD20-expressing cancers and immune disorders; (iv) anti-EphB2R antibody 2H9 for treatment of colorectal cancer (Mao et al (2004) Cancer Research 64(3):781-788); (v) E-selectin antibody (Bhaskar et al (2003) Cancer Res. 63:6387-6394); (vi) trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN®, US 2005/0238649), and (vi) anti-CD30 antibodies (WO 03/043583). Variants of auristatin E are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,767,237 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,124,431. Monomethyl auristatin E conjugated to monoclonal antibodies are disclosed in Senter et al, Proceedings of the American Association for Cancer Research, Volume 45, Abstract Number 623, presented Mar. 28, 2004. Auristatin analogs MMAE and MMAF have been conjugated to various antibodies (US 2005/0238649).
  • Conventional means of attaching, i.e. linking through covalent bonds, a drug moiety to an antibody generally leads to a heterogeneous mixture of molecules where the drug moieties are attached at a number of sites on the antibody. For example, cytotoxic drugs have typically been conjugated to antibodies through the often-numerous lysine residues of an antibody, generating a heterogeneous antibody-drug conjugate mixture. Depending on reaction conditions, the heterogeneous mixture typically contains a distribution of antibodies with from 0 to about 8, or more, attached drug moieties. In addition, within each subgroup of conjugates with a particular integer ratio of drug moieties to antibody, is a potentially heterogeneous mixture where the drug moiety is attached at various sites on the antibody. Analytical and preparative methods may be inadequate to separate and characterize the antibody-drug conjugate species molecules within the heterogeneous mixture resulting from a conjugation reaction. Antibodies are large, complex and structurally diverse biomolecules, often with many reactive functional groups. Their reactivities with linker reagents and drug-linker intermediates are dependent on factors such as pH, concentration, salt concentration, and co-solvents. Furthermore, the multistep conjugation process may be nonreproducible due to difficulties in controlling the reaction conditions and characterizing reactants and intermediates.
  • Cysteine thiols are reactive at neutral pH, unlike most amines which are protonated and less nucleophilic near pH 7. Since free thiol (RSH, sulfhydryl) groups are relatively reactive, proteins with cysteine residues often exist in their oxidized form as disulfide-linked oligomers or have internally bridged disulfide groups. Extracellular proteins generally do not have free thiols (Garman, 1997, Non-Radioactive Labelling: A Practical Approach, Academic Press, London, at page 55). Antibody cysteine thiol groups are generally more reactive, i.e. more nucleophilic, towards electrophilic conjugation reagents than antibody amine or hydroxyl groups. Cysteine residues have been introduced into proteins by genetic engineering techniques to form covalent attachments to ligands or to form new intramolecular disulfide bonds (Better et al (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 13:9644-9650; Bernhard et al (1994) Bioconjugate Chem. 5:126-132; Greenwood et al (1994) Therapeutic Immunology 1:247-255; Tu et al (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 96:4862-4867; Kanno et al (2000) J. of Biotechnology, 76:207-214; Chmura et al (2001) Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 98(15):8480-8484; U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,564). However, engineering in cysteine thiol groups by the mutation of various amino acid residues of a protein to cysteine amino acids is potentially problematic, particularly in the case of unpaired (free Cys) residues or those which are relatively accessible for reaction or oxidation. In concentrated solutions of the protein, whether in the periplasm of E. coli, culture supernatants, or partially or completely purified protein, unpaired Cys residues on the surface of the protein can pair and oxidize to form intermolecular disulfides, and hence protein dimers or multimers. Disulfide dimer formation renders the new Cys unreactive for conjugation to a drug, ligand, or other label. Furthermore, if the protein oxidatively forms an intramolecular disulfide bond between the newly engineered Cys and an existing Cys residue, both Cys thiol groups are unavailable for active site participation and interactions. Furthermore, the protein may be rendered inactive or non-specific, by misfolding or loss of tertiary structure (Zhang et al (2002) Anal. Biochem. 311:1-9).
  • Cysteine-engineered antibodies have been designed as FAB antibody fragments (thioFab) and expressed as full-length, IgG monoclonal (thioMab) antibodies (US 2007/0092940, the contents of which are incorporated by reference). ThioFab and ThioMab antibodies have been conjugated through linkers at the newly introduced cysteine thiols with thiol-reactive linker reagents and drug-linker reagents to prepare antibody drug conjugates (Thio ADC).
  • TENB2 is a tumor associated antigen polypeptide (also known as PR1), and the TENB2 protein contains 2 follistatin-like domains and a conserved EGF-like domain. The gene encoding the protein was first characterized from a human brain cDNA library (see Uchida, et al. (1999) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 266:593-602), and later isolated from a human fetal brain cDNA library (see Horie, et al. (2000) Genomics 67:146-152). See also, e.g., Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man, number 605734; Unigene Cluster Hs.22791; LocusLink 23671; and other linked sites. TENB2 has been referred to as PR1, tomoregulin, TR, hyperplastic polyposis gene 1, HPP1, and TMEFF2. It's nucleic acid sequence can be identified by ATCC Accession Nos. AF264150, AB004064, AB017269, and AF179274; and it's amino acid sequence can be identified by ATCC Accession Nos. AAF91397, BAA90820, BAA87897, and AAD55776. TENB2's UniGene Cluster identification number is hs.22791, Locuslink identification number is 23671, and OMIM identification number is 605734.
  • The gene has also been implicated in certain cancerous conditions. Young, et al. (2001) Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 98:265-270 reported expression in colorectal polyps. Glynne-Jones, et al. (2001) Int. J. Cancer 94:178-184 reported it as a marker for prostate cancer.
  • Due to its overexpression in certain human tumors, the TENB2 polypeptide and the nucleic acid encoding that polypeptide are targets for quantitative and qualitative comparisons among various mammalian tissue samples. The unique expression profiles of TENB2 polypeptide, and the nucleic acid encoding that polypeptide, can be exploited for the diagnosis and therapeutic treatment of certain types of cancerous tumors in mammals.
  • Recently, certain anti-TENB2 antibodies, including anti-TMEFF2 antibody #19, were disclosed and shown to be internalized and useful for the treatment of proliferative conditions of the prostate, including, e.g., benign prostate hyperplasia and prostate cancer (PCT/US03/07209; U.S. Ser. No. 10/383,447, filed Mar. 7, 2003, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248; Vinay et al., “Antibodies Against Cancer Antigen TMEFF2 and Uses Thereof” the contents of which are incorporated by reference).
  • SUMMARY
  • In one aspect, the invention includes a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody comprising one or more free cysteine amino acids and a sequence selected from SEQ ID NOS:8-23. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may bind to a TENB2 polypeptide. Tumor-associated antigens (TAA) such as TENB2 polypeptides can be prepared for use in generating cysteine engineered antibodies using methods and information which are well known in the art, and for example in PCT/US03/07209 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248). The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may be prepared by a process comprising replacing one or more amino acid residues of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody by cysteine.
  • The one or more free cysteine amino acid residues of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody are located in a light chain or a heavy chain.
  • In one aspect, the invention includes a method of determining the presence of a TENB2 protein in a sample suspected of containing said protein, said method comprising exposing said sample to a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody and determining binding of said antibody to said TENB2 protein in said sample, wherein binding of the antibody to said protein is indicative of the presence of said protein in said sample.
  • Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies may be used as naked antibodies (unconjugated to a drug or label moiety) or as antibody-drug conjugates (ADC). The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may be covalently attached to an auristatin drug moiety whereby an antibody drug conjugate is formed. The antibody-drug conjugate may comprising a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody (Ab), and an auristatin drug moiety (D) wherein the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is attached through one or more free cysteine amino acids by a linker moiety (L) to D; the compound having Formula I:

  • Ab-(L-D)p  I
      • where p is 1, 2, 3, or 4. Auristatin drug moieties include MMAE and MMAF.
  • An aspect of the invention is an assay for detecting cancer cells comprising: (a) exposing cells to an antibody-drug conjugate compound; and (b) determining the extent of binding of the antibody-drug conjugate compound to the cells.
  • An aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical formulation comprising the antibody drug conjugate, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.
  • An aspect of the invention is a method of inhibiting cellular proliferation comprising treating mammalian tumor cells in a cell culture medium with an antibody-drug conjugate compound, whereby proliferation of the tumor cells is inhibited.
  • An aspect of the invention is a method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient the pharmaceutical formulation. The patient may be administered a chemotherapeutic agent in combination with the antibody-drug conjugate compound.
  • An aspect of the invention is an article of manufacture comprising the pharmaceutical formulation, a container; and a package insert or label indicating that the compound can be used to treat cancer characterized by the overexpression of a TENB2 polypeptide.
  • An aspect of the invention is a method for making a Formula I antibody drug conjugate compound comprising the steps of: (a) reacting an engineered cysteine group of the cysteine engineered antibody with a linker reagent to form antibody-linker intermediate Ab-L; and (b) reacting Ab-L with an activated drug moiety D; whereby the antibody-drug conjugate is formed; or comprising the steps of: (c) reacting a nucleophilic group of a drug moiety with a linker reagent to form drug-linker intermediate D-L; and (d) reacting D-L with an engineered cysteine group of the cysteine engineered antibody; whereby the antibody-drug conjugate is formed.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows the Heavy Chain sequence: SEQ ID NO: 1, and Light Chain sequence: SEQ ID NO:2 of humanized anti-TENB2 antibody, hu TMEFF2#19.
  • FIG. 2 shows the Heavy Chain sequence: SEQ ID NO:3, and Light Chain sequence: SEQ ID NO:2 of a humanized cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, A121C thio hu TMEFF2#19. Signal sequence is not included in the sequential numbering of anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • FIG. 3 shows alignment of humanized trastuzumab light chain (HuTMAb-LC, SEQ ID NO:4) and hu TMEFF2#19 light chain (SEQ ID NO:5). The numbering follows the sequential numbering convention.
  • FIG. 4 shows alignment of humanized trastuzumab heavy chain (HuTMAb-HC, SEQ ID NO:6), and hu TMEFF2#19 heavy chain (SEQ ID NO:7). The numbering follows the sequential numbering convention.
  • FIG. 5 shows depictions of cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates (ADC) where a drug moiety is attached to an engineered cysteine group in: the light chain (LC-ADC); the heavy chain (HC-ADC); and the Fc region (Fc-ADC).
  • FIG. 6 shows the steps of: (i) reducing cysteine disulfide adducts and interchain and intrachain disulfides in a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody (ThioMab); (ii) partially oxidizing, i.e. reoxidation to reform interchain and intrachain disulfides; and (iii) conjugation of the reoxidized antibody with a drug-linker intermediate to form a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugate (ADC).
  • FIG. 7 shows expression of TENB2 in cancer and normal human tissues: oligonucleotide microarray analysis was performed on RNA extracted from 4841 human tissue samples. Each box in the plot provides signal intensity (average difference scaled to 100) for TENB2 for a sample of the indicated tissue. Green boxes are normal tissue, red boxes are tumors, and blue boxes represent other diseased tissues.
  • FIG. 8 shows TENB2 expression in human prostate tumors: Top and bottom panels are from human prostate explant models, PC3TENB2 medium stable cell line with vector control and prostate tumor, respectively.
  • FIG. 9 shows internalization of TENB2 monoclonal antibody (Mab) on PC3TENB2 Medium cell line and LuCaP 70 tumor.
  • FIGS. 10A and B shows FACS data on PC3 TENB2 Medium cells with thio (FIG. 10B) or conventional anti-TENB2 ADC treatment (FIG. 10A).
  • FIGS. 11A and B shows a cell killing assay on PC3 TENB2 Medium cells with conventional anti-TENB2 (FIG. 11A) and thio-anti-TENB2 ADCs (FIG. 11B).
  • FIG. 12 shows an efficacy study on PC3 TENB2 Medium cells using anti-TENB2 and thio-anti-TENB2 ADCs (conjugated with vc-MMAE or MC-MMAF).
  • FIG. 13 shows a Western Blot with various LuCaP explant tumor tissues using humanized anti-TENB2 Ab (hu TMEFF2#19).
  • FIG. 14 shows xenograft experiments using human prostate cancer LuCaP 70, 77 and 96.1.
  • FIG. 15 shows pharmacokinetic evaluation of rats using thio-anti-TENB2 and conventional ADCs.
  • FIG. 16 shows a safety assessment on rats with anti-TENB2-vc-MMAE vs. MC-MMAF.
  • FIGS. 17A and B shows a safety assessment on cynomolgus monkeys with anti-TENB2-vc-MMAE vs. anti-TENB2-MC-MMAF.
  • FIGS. 18A and B shows a safety assessment on rats with thio-anti-TENB2-vc-MMAE vs. anti-TENB2-vc-MMAE.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS
  • Reference will now be made in detail to certain embodiments of the invention, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying structures and formulas. While the invention will be described in conjunction with the enumerated embodiments, it will be understood that they are not intended to limit the invention to those embodiments. On the contrary, the invention is intended to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents, which may be included within the scope of the present invention as defined by the claims.
  • One skilled in the art will recognize many methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein, which could be used in the practice of the present invention. The present invention is in no way limited to the methods and materials described.
  • DEFINITIONS
  • Unless defined otherwise, technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs, and are consistent with: Singleton et al (1994) Dictionary of Microbiology and Molecular Biology, 2nd Ed., J. Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y.; and Janeway, C., Travers, P., Walport, M., Shlomchik (2001) Immunobiology, 5th Ed., Garland Publishing, New York.
  • The term “antibody” herein is used in the broadest sense and specifically covers monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, dimers, multimers, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (Miller et al (2003) Jour. of Immunology 170:4854-4861). Antibodies may be murine, human, humanized, chimeric, or derived from other species. An antibody is a protein that is capable of recognizing and binding to a specific antigen (Janeway, C., Travers, P., Walport, M., Shlomchik (2001) Immuno Biology, 5th Ed., Garland Publishing, New York). A target antigen generally has numerous binding sites, also called epitopes, recognized by CDRs on multiple antibodies. Each antibody that specifically binds to a different epitope has a different structure. Thus, one antigen may have more than one corresponding antibody. An antibody includes a full-length immunoglobulin molecule or an immunologically active portion of a full-length immunoglobulin molecule, i.e., a molecule that contains an antigen binding site that immunospecifically binds an antigen of a target of interest or part thereof, such targets including but not limited to, cancer cell or cells that produce autoimmune antibodies associated with an autoimmune disease. The immunoglobulin disclosed herein can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, and IgA), class (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass of immunoglobulin molecule. The immunoglobulins can be derived from any species such as human, murine, or rabbit. For the structure and properties of the different classes of antibodies, see, e.g., Basic and Clinical Immunology, 8th edition, Daniel P. Stites, Abba I. Terr and Tristram G. Parslow (eds.), Appleton & Lange, Norwalk, Conn., 1994, page 71 and Chapter 6.
  • “Antibody fragments” comprise a portion of a full length antibody, generally the antigen binding or variable region thereof. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; minibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870, Example 2; Zapata et al (1995) Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062); Olafsen et al (2004) Protein Eng. Design & Sel. 17(4):315-323), fragments produced by a Fab expression library, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies, CDR (complementary determining region), and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above which immunospecifically bind to cancer cell antigens, viral antigens or microbial antigens, single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations which include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies. The modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al (1975) Nature 256:495, or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (see for example: U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,715). In the hybridoma method, a mouse or other appropriate host animal, such as a hamster, is immunized as described above to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the protein used for immunization. Alternatively, lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro. After immunization, lymphocytes are isolated and then fused with a myeloma cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell (Goding, (1986) Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp. 59-103 Academic Press). The monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al (1991) Nature, 352:624-628; Marks et al (1991) J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597.
  • The DNA that encodes the antibody may be modified to produce chimeric or fusion antibody polypeptides, for example, by substituting human heavy chain and light chain constant domain (CH and CL) sequences for the homologous murine sequences (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison, et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851 (1984)), or by fusing the immunoglobulin coding sequence with all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide (heterologous polypeptide). The non-immunoglobulin polypeptide sequences can substitute for the constant domains of an antibody, or they are substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody to create a chimeric bivalent antibody comprising one antigen-combining site having specificity for an antigen and another antigen-combining site having specificity for a different antigen.
  • “Native antibodies” are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies among the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (VH) followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (VL) and a constant domain at its other end. The constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light-chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light chain and heavy chain variable domains.
  • The monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855). Chimeric antibodies of interest herein include “primatized” antibodies comprising variable domain antigen-binding sequences derived from a non-human primate (e.g., Old World Monkey, Ape etc) and human constant region sequences.
  • “Humanized” forms of non-human (e.g., rodent) antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from the non-human antibody. For the most part, humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a hypervariable region of the recipient are replaced by residues from a hypervariable region of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate having the desired antibody specificity, affinity, and capability. In some instances, framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Furthermore, humanized antibodies may comprise residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications are made to further refine antibody performance. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all, or substantially all, of the FRs are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanized antibody optionally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. The Fc fragment comprises the carboxy-terminal portions of both H chains held together by disulfides. The effector functions of antibodies are determined by sequences in the Fc region, which region is also the part recognized by Fc receptors (FcR) found on certain types of cells (Jones et al (1986) Nature 321:522-525; Riechmann et al (1988) Nature 332:323-329; Presta, (1992) Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596; Verhoeyen et al (1988) Science, 239:1534-1536; Sims et al (1993) J. Immunol. 151:2296; Chothia et al (1987) J. Mol. Biol., 196:901). Other methods use a particular framework region derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains (Carter et al (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285; Presta et al (1993) J. Immunol. 151:2623).
  • A “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues. Transgenic animals (e.g., mice) are available that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. For example, it has been described that the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy-chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array into such germ-line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge (Jakobovits et al (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:2551; Jakobovits et al (1993) Nature, 362:255-258; Bruggemann et al (1993) Year in Immuno. 7:33; U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,806; U.S. Pat. No. 5,569,825; U.S. Pat. No. 5,591,669; U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,807; and WO 97/17852.
  • An “affinity matured” antibody is one with one or more alterations in one or more CDRs thereof which result in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to an antibody which does not possess those alteration(s). Preferred affinity matured antibodies will have nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen. Affinity matured antibodies are produced affinity maturation by VH and VL domain shuffling (Marks et al (1992) Bio/Technology 10:779-783), or random mutagenesis of CDR and/or framework residues (Barbas et al (1994) Proc Nat. Acad. Sci, USA 91:3809-3813; Schier et al (1995) Gene 169:147-155; Yelton et al (1995) J. Immunol. 155:1994-2004; Jackson et al (1995) J. Immunol. 154(7):3310-9; and Hawkins et al (1992) J. Mol. Biol. 226:889-896).
  • An “intact antibody” herein is one comprising VL and VH domains, as well as a light chain constant domain (CL) and heavy chain constant domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The constant domains may be native sequence constant domains (e.g., human native sequence constant domains) or amino acid sequence variant thereof. The intact antibody may have one or more “effector functions” which refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc constant region (a native sequence Fc region or amino acid sequence variant Fc region) of an antibody. Examples of antibody effector functions include Clq binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; and down regulation of cell surface receptors such as B cell receptor and BCR.
  • The term “amino acid sequence variant” refers to polypeptides having amino acid sequences that differ to some extent from a native sequence polypeptide. Ordinarily, amino acid sequence variants will possess at least about 70% sequence identity with at least one receptor binding domain of a native sequence polypeptide or with at least one ligand binding domain of a native receptor, and preferably, they will be at least about 80%, more preferably, at least about 90% homologous by sequence with such receptor or ligand binding domains. The amino acid sequence variants possess substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions at certain positions within the amino acid sequence of the native amino acid sequence. Amino acids are designated by the conventional names, one-letter and three-letter codes.
  • “Sequence identity” is defined as the percentage of residues in the amino acid sequence variant that are identical after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity. Methods and computer programs for the alignment are well known in the art. One such computer program is “Align 2,” authored by Genentech, Inc., which was filed with user documentation in the United States Copyright Office, Washington, D.C. 20559, on Dec. 10, 1991, and which code is found in PCT/US03/07209 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248).
  • “Antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity” and “ADCC” refer to a cell-mediated reaction in which nonspecific cytotoxic cells that express Fc receptors (FcRs) (e.g., Natural Killer (NK) cells, neutrophils, and macrophages) recognize bound antibody on a target cell and subsequently cause lysis of the target cell. The primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express FcγRIII only, whereas monocytes express FcγRI, FcγRII and FcγRIII. FcR expression on hematopoietic cells in summarized is Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, (1991) “Annu. Rev. Immunol.” 9:457-92. To assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest, an in vitro ADCC assay, such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,337 may be performed. Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al (1998) Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (USA) 95:652-656.
  • “Human effector cells” are leukocytes which express one or more constant region receptors (FcRs) and perform effector functions. Preferably, the cells express at least FcγRIII and perform ADCC effector function. Examples of human leukocytes which mediate ADCC include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), natural killer (NK) cells, monocytes, cytotoxic T cells and neutrophils; with PBMCs and NK cells being preferred. The effector cells may be isolated from a native source thereof, e.g., from blood or PBMCs as described herein.
  • The terms “Fc receptor” or “FcR” mean a receptor that binds to the Fc constant region of an antibody. The preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR. Moreover, a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the FcγRI, FcγRII, and FcγRIII subclasses, including allelic variants and alternatively spliced forms of these receptors. FcγRII receptors include FcγRIIA (an “activating receptor”) and FcγRIIB (an “inhibiting receptor”), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof. Activating receptor FcγRIIA contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (ITAM) in its cytoplasmic domain. Inhibiting receptor FcγRIIB contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif (ITIM) in its cytoplasmic domain. (See review M. in Daëron, (1997) “Annu. Rev. Immunol.” 15:203-234). FcRs are reviewed in Ravetch and Kinet, (1991) “Annu. Rev. Immunol”., 9:457-92; Capel et al (1994) Immunomethods 4:25-34; and de Haas et al (1995) J. Lab. Clin. Med. 126:330-41. Other FcRs, including those to be identified in the future, are encompassed by the term “FcR” herein. The term also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer et al (1976) J. Immunol., 117:587 and Kim et al (1994) J. Immunol. 24:249).
  • “Complement dependent cytotoxicity” or “CDC” refers to the lysis of a target cell in the presence of complement. Activation of the classical complement pathway is initiated by the binding of the first component of the complement system (C1q) to antibodies (of the appropriate subclass) which are bound to their cognate antigen (Gazzano-Santoro et al (1996) J. Immunol. Methods 202:163).
  • The term “variable” refers to the fact that certain portions of the variable domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies. It is concentrated in three segments called hypervariable regions both in the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the framework regions (FRs). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FRs, largely adopting a β-sheet configuration, connected by three hypervariable regions, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the β-sheet structure. The hypervariable regions in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the hypervariable regions from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.). The constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).
  • The term “hypervariable region”, “HVR”, or “HV”, when used herein refers to the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence and/or form structurally defined loops. Generally, antibodies comprise six hypervariable regions; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3). A number of hypervariable region delineations are in use and are encompassed herein. The Kabat Complementarity Determining Regions (CDRs) are based on sequence variability and are the most commonly used (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). Chothia refers instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)). The “contact” hypervariable regions are based on an analysis of the available complex crystal structures. The residues from each of these hypervariable regions are noted below. Unless otherwise denoted, Kabat numbering according to the Kabat Database of aligned sequences of proteins will be employed (Wu and Kabat (1970) J. Exp. Med. 132:211-250; Johnson and Wu (2000) Nuc. Acids Res. 28(1):214-218). Hypervariable region locations are generally as follows: amino acids 24-34 (HVR-L), amino acids 49-56 (HVR-L2), amino acids 89-97 (HVR-L3), amino acids 26-35A (HVR-H1), amino acids 49-65 (HVR-H2), and amino acids 93-102 (HVR-H3). Hypervariable regions may also comprise “extended hypervariable regions” as follows: amino acids 24-36 (L1), and amino acids 46-56 (L2) in the VL. The variable domain residues are numbered according to Kabat et al., supra for each of these definitions. An “altered hypervariable region” for the purposes herein is a hypervariable region comprising one or more (e.g. one to about 16) amino acid substitution(s) therein. An “un-modified hypervariable region” for the purposes herein is a hypervariable region having the same amino acid sequence as a non-human antibody from which it was derived, i.e. one which lacks one or more amino acid substitutions therein.
  • The terms “variable domain residue numbering as in Kabat”, “amino acid position numbering as in Kabat”, and variations thereof, refer to the numbering system used for heavy chain variable domains or light chain variable domains of the compilation of antibodies in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). Using this numbering system, the actual linear amino acid sequence may contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of, or insertion into, an FR or CDR of the variable domain. For example, a heavy chain variable domain may include a single amino acid insert (residue 52a according to Kabat) after residue 52 of H2 and inserted residues (e.g. residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc according to Kabat) after heavy chain FR residue 82. The Kabat numbering of residues may be determined for a given antibody by alignment at regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody with a “standard” Kabat numbered sequence.
  • “Binding affinity” generally refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, “binding affinity” refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Low-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen slowly and tend to dissociate readily, whereas high-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen faster and tend to remain bound longer. A variety of methods of measuring binding affinity are known in the art, any of which can be used for purposes of the present invention. Specific illustrative embodiments are described in the following.
  • An “antigen” is a predetermined polypeptide, carbohydrate, nucleic acid, lipid, hapten or other naturally occurring or synthetic compound to which an antibody can selectively bind.
  • “Framework” or “FR” residues are those variable domain residues other than the hypervariable region residues as herein defined. A “human consensus framework” is a framework which represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residue in a selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences. Generally, the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences. Generally, the subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat et al, Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). In one embodiment, for the VL, the subgroup is subgroup kappa I as in Kabat et al. In one embodiment, for the VH, the subgroup is subgroup III as in Kabat et al. A “VH subgroup III consensus framework” comprises the consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in variable heavy subgroup III of Kabat et al. A “VL subgroup I consensus framework” comprises the consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in variable light kappa subgroup I of Kabat et al.
  • “Fv” is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-recognition and antigen-binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy chain and one light chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association. It is in this configuration that the three hypervariable regions of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the surface of the VH-VL dimer. Collectively, the six hypervariable regions confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three hypervariable regions specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.
  • The Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain. Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear at least one free thiol group. F(ab′)2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • The “light chains” of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (K) and lambda (X), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
  • “Single-chain Fv” or “scFv” antibody fragments comprise the VH and VL domains of antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain. Preferably, the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains which enables the scFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding (Plückthun in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994).
  • The term “diabodies” refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, which fragments comprise a variable heavy domain (VH) connected to a variable light domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH-VL). By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites (EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; Hollinger et al (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448).
  • A “free cysteine amino acid” refers to a cysteine amino acid residue which has been engineered into a parent antibody, has a thiol functional group (—SH), and is not paired as, or otherwise part of, an intramolecular or intermolecular disulfide bridge.
  • The term “thiol reactivity value” is a quantitative characterization of the reactivity of free cysteine amino acids. The thiol reactivity value is the percentage of a free cysteine amino acid in a cysteine engineered antibody which reacts with a thiol-reactive reagent, and converted to a maximum value of 1. For example, a free cysteine amino acid on a cysteine engineered antibody which reacts in 100% yield with a thiol-reactive reagent, such as a biotin-maleimide reagent, to form a biotin-labelled antibody has a thiol reactivity value of 1.0. Another cysteine amino acid engineered into the same or different parent antibody which reacts in 80% yield with a thiol-reactive reagent has a thiol reactivity value of 0.8. Another cysteine amino acid engineered into the same or different parent antibody which fails totally to react with a thiol-reactive reagent has a thiol reactivity value of 0. Determination of the thiol reactivity value of a particular cysteine may be conducted by ELISA assay, mass spectroscopy, liquid chromatography, autoradiography, or other quantitative analytical tests. Thiol-reactive reagents which allow capture of the cysteine engineered antibody and comparison and quantitation of the cysteine reactivity include biotin-PEO-maleimide ((+)-biotinyl-3-maleimidopropionamidyl-3,6-dioxaoctainediamine, Oda et al (2001) Nature Biotechnology 19:379-382, Pierce Biotechnology, Inc.) Biotin-BMCC, PEO-Iodoacetyl Biotin, Iodoacetyl-LC-Biotin, and Biotin-HPDP (Pierce Biotechnology, Inc.), and Nao-(3-maleimidylpropionyl)biocytin (MPB, Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.). Other commercial sources for biotinylation, bifunctional and multifunctional linker reagents include Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg., and Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.
  • A “parent antibody” is an antibody comprising an amino acid sequence from which one or more amino acid residues are replaced by one or more cysteine residues. The parent antibody may comprise a native or wild type sequence. The parent antibody may have pre-existing amino acid sequence modifications (such as additions, deletions and/or substitutions) relative to other native, wild type, or modified forms of an antibody. A parent antibody may be directed against a target antigen of interest, e.g. a biologically important polypeptide. Antibodies directed against nonpolypeptide antigens (such as tumor-associated glycolipid antigens; see U.S. Pat. No. 5,091,178) are also contemplated.
  • An “isolated” antibody is one which has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials which would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the antibody will be purified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • An antibody “which binds” a molecular target or an antigen of interest, e.g., TENB2 or CA125 antigens, is one capable of binding that antigen with sufficient affinity such that the antibody is useful in targeting a cell expressing the antigen. Where the antibody is one which binds TENB2, it will usually preferentially bind TENB2, and may be one which does not significantly cross-react with other proteins. In such embodiments, the extent of binding of the antibody to these non-TENB2 proteins (e.g., cell surface binding to endogenous receptor) will be less than 10% as determined by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) analysis or radioimmunoprecipitation (RIA).
  • “Treating” or “treatment” or “alleviation” refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down (lessen) the targeted pathologic condition or disorder. Those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder as well as those prone to have the disorder or those in whom the disorder is to be prevented. A subject or mammal is successfully “treated” for a CA125/O0772P polypeptide-expressing cancer if, after receiving a therapeutic amount of an anti-CA125/O772P antibody, such as a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, according to the methods of the present invention, the patient shows observable and/or measurable reduction in or absence of one or more of the following: reduction in the number of cancer cells or absence of the cancer cells; reduction in the tumor size; inhibition (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) of cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs including the spread of cancer into soft tissue and bone; inhibition (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) of tumor metastasis; inhibition, to some extent, of tumor growth; and/or relief to some extent, one or more of the symptoms associated with the specific cancer; reduced morbidity and mortality, and improvement in quality of life issues. To the extent the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, may prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it may be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic. Reduction of these signs or symptoms may also be felt by the patient. The above parameters for assessing successful treatment and improvement in the disease are readily measurable by routine procedures familiar to a physician. For cancer therapy, efficacy can be measured, for example, by assessing the time to disease progression (TTP) and/or determining the response rate (RR). Metastasis can be determined by staging tests and by bone scan and tests for calcium level and other enzymes to determine spread to the bone. CT scans can also be done to look for spread to the pelvis and lymph nodes in the area. Chest X-rays and measurement of liver enzyme levels by known methods are used to look for metastasis to the lungs and liver, respectively. Other routine methods for monitoring the disease include transrectal ultrasonography (TRUS) and transrectal needle biopsy (TRNB).
  • The terms “cancer” and “cancerous” refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth. A “tumor” comprises one or more cancerous cells, and refers to all neoplastic cell growth and proliferation, whether malignant or benign, and all pre-cancerous and cancerous cells and tissues. Examples of cancer include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer (e.g., epithelial squamous cell cancer), lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (“NSCLC”), adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, as well as head and neck cancer.
  • A cancer which “overexpresses” an antigenic receptor is one which has significantly higher levels of the receptor, such as TENB2, at the cell surface thereof, compared to a noncancerous cell of the same tissue type. Such overexpression may be caused by gene amplification or by increased transcription or translation. Receptor overexpression may be determined in a diagnostic or prognostic assay by evaluating increased levels of the receptor protein present on the surface of a cell (e.g., via an immunohistochemistry assay; IHC). Alternatively, or additionally, one may measure levels of receptor-encoding nucleic acid in the cell, e.g., via fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH; see WO 98/45479), southern blotting, or polymerase chain reaction (PCR) techniques, such as real time quantitative reverse-transcriptase PCR (qRT-PCR).
  • “Human effector cells” are leukocytes which express one or more FcRs and perform effector functions. Preferably, the cells express at least FcγRIII and perform ADCC effector function. Examples of human leukocytes which mediate ADCC include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), natural killer (NK) cells, monocytes, cytotoxic T cells and neutrophils; with PBMCs and NK cells being preferred. The effector cells may be isolated from a native source, e.g., from blood.
  • The terms “cell proliferative disorder” and “proliferative disorder” refer to disorders that are associated with some degree of abnormal cell proliferation. In one embodiment, the cell proliferative disorder is cancer.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of a drug, e.g. a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugate or chemotherapeutic agent, effective to treat a disease or disorder in a mammal. In the case of cancer, the therapeutically effective amount of the drug may reduce the number of cancer cells; reduce the tumor size; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) tumor metastasis; inhibit, to some extent, tumor growth; and/or relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer. To the extent the drug may prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it may be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic. The term “cytostatic” refers to the effect of limiting the function of cells, such as limiting cellular growth or proliferation of cells. For cancer therapy, efficacy can, for example, be measured by assessing the time to disease progression (TTP) and/or determining the response rate (RR).
  • A “chemotherapeutic agent” is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include erlotinib (TARCEVA®, Genentech/OSI Pharm.), bortezomib (VELCADE®, Millenium Pharm.), fulvestrant (FASLODEX@, AstraZeneca), sutent (SU 11248, Pfizer), letrozole (FEMARA®, Novartis), imatinib mesylate (GLEEVEC®, Novartis), PTK787/ZK 222584 (Novartis), oxaliplatin (Eloxatin®, Sanofi), 5-FU (5-fluorouracil), leucovorin, Rapamycin (Sirolimus, RAPAMUNE®, Wyeth), lapatinib (TYKERB®, GSK572016, GlaxoSmithKline), lonafarnib (SCH 66336), sorafenib (BAY43-9006, Bayer Labs.), and gefitinib (IRESSA@, Astrazeneca), AG1478, AG1571 (SU 5271; Sugen), alkylating agents such as thiotepa and CYTOXAN® cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); cryptophycins (particularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocarmycin (including the synthetic analogues, KW-2189 and CB 1-TM1); eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin; spongistatin; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosoureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, and ranimnustine; antibiotics such as the enediyne antibiotics (e. g., calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin gamma1I and calicheamicin omegaI1 (Angew Chem Intl. Ed. Engl. (1994) 33:183-186); dynemicin, including dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antibiotic chromophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, anthramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN® doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; eniluracil; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elfornithine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol; nitraerine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK® polysaccharide complex (JHS Natural Products, Eugene, Oreg.); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofiran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2′,2″-trichlorotriethylamine; trichothecenes (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, roridin A and anguidine); urethan; vindesine; dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside (“Ara-C”); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; taxoids, e.g., paclitaxel (TAXOL®, Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.), ABRAXANE™Cremophor-free, albumin-engineered nanoparticle formulation of paclitaxel (American Pharmaceutical Partners, Schaumberg, Ill.), and TAXOTERE® doxetaxel (Rhône-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France); chloranbucil; GEMZAR® gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; vincristine; NAVELBINE® vinorelbine; novantrone; teniposide; edatrexate; daunomycin; aminopterin; xeloda; ibandronate; CPT-11; topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluorometlhylornithine (DMFO); retinoids such as retinoic acid; capecitabine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above.
  • Also included in this definition of “chemotherapeutic agent” are: (i) anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX® tamoxifen), raloxifene, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY 117018, onapristone, and FARESTON. toremifene; (ii) aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, MEGASE® megestrol acetate, AROMASIN® exemestane, formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® vorozole, FEMARA® letrozole, and ARIMIDEX® anastrozole; (iii) anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine analog); (iv) aromatase inhibitors; (v) protein kinase inhibitors; (vi) lipid kinase inhibitors; (vii) antisense oligonucleotides, particularly those which inhibit expression of genes in signaling pathways implicated in abherant cell proliferation, such as, for example, PKC-alpha, Ralf and H-Ras; (viii) ribozymes such as a VEGF expression inhibitor (e.g., ANGIOZYME® ribozyme) and a HER2 expression inhibitor; (ix) vaccines such as gene therapy vaccines, for example, ALLOVECTIN® vaccine, LEUVECTIN® vaccine, and VAXID® vaccine; PROLEUKIN® rIL-2; LURTOTECAN® topoisomerase 1 inhibitor; ABARELIX® rmRH; (x) anti-angiogenic agents such as bevacizumab (AVASTIN®, Genentech); and (xi) pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above.
  • The term “cytokine” is a generic term for proteins released by one cell population which act on another cell as intercellular mediators. Examples of such cytokines are lymphokines, monokines, and traditional polypeptide hormones. Included among the cytokines are growth hormone such as human growth hormone, N-methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone; thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); hepatic growth factor; fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen; tumor necrosis factor-α and -β; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor; integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF-β; platelet-growth factor; transforming growth factors (TGFs) such as TGF-α and TGF-β; insulin-like growth factor-I and -II; erythropoietin (EPO); osteoinductive factors; interferons such as interferon-α, -β, and -γ; colony stimulating factors (CSFs) such as macrophage-CSF (M-CSF); granulocyte-macrophage-CSF (GM-CSF); and granulocyte-CSF (G-CSF); interleukins (ILs) such as IL-1, IL-1α, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12; a tumor necrosis factor such as TNF-α or TNF-β; and other polypeptide factors including LIF and kit ligand (KL). As used herein, the term cytokine includes proteins from natural sources or from recombinant cell culture and biologically active equivalents of the native sequence cytokines.
  • The term “label” means any moiety which can be covalently attached to an antibody and that functions to: (i) provide a detectable signal; (ii) interact with a second label to modify the detectable signal provided by the first or second label, e.g. FRET (fluorescence resonance energy transfer); (iii) stabilize interactions or increase affinity of binding, with antigen or ligand; (iv) affect mobility, e.g. electrophoretic mobility, or cell-permeability, by charge, hydrophobicity, shape, or other physical parameters, or (v) provide a capture moiety, to modulate ligand affinity, antibody/antigen binding, or ionic complexation.
  • The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt,” as used herein, refers to pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic salts of an ADC. Exemplary salts include, but are not limited, to sulfate, citrate, acetate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, lactate, salicylate, acid citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and pamoate (i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt may involve the inclusion of another molecule such as an acetate ion, a succinate ion or other counterion. The counterion may be any organic or inorganic moiety that stabilizes the charge on the compound. Furthermore, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may have more than one charged atom in its structure. Instances where multiple charged atoms are part of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have multiple counter ions. Hence, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have one or more charged atoms and/or one or more counterion.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable solvate” refers to an association of one or more solvent molecules and an ADC. Examples of solvents that form pharmaceutically acceptable solvates include, but are not limited to, water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, and ethanolamine.
  • “Carriers” as used herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers which are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed. Often the physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution. Examples of physiologically acceptable carriers include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptide; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN®, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICS®.
  • Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow S. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds (1994) John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L, or R and S, are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and l or (+) and (−) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (−) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The terms “racemic mixture” and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • The following abbreviations are used herein and have the indicated definitions: BME is beta-mercaptoethanol, Boc is N-(t-butoxycarbonyl), cit is citrulline (2-amino-5-ureido pentanoic acid), dap is dolaproine, DCC is 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, DCM is dichloromethane, DEA is diethylamine, DEAD is diethylazodicarboxylate, DEPC is diethylphosphorylcyanidate, DIAD is diisopropylazodicarboxylate, DIEA is N,N-diisopropylethylamine, dil is dolaisoleucine, DMA is dimethylacetamide, DMAP is 4-dimethylaminopyridine, DME is ethyleneglycol dimethyl ether (or 1,2-dimethoxyethane), DMF is N,N-dimethylformamide, DMSO is dimethylsulfoxide, doe is dolaphenine, dov is N,N-dimethylvaline, DTNB is 5,5′-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid), DTPA is diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, DTT is dithiothreitol, EDCI is 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, EEDQ is 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, ES-MS is electrospray mass spectrometry, EtOAc is ethyl acetate, Fmoc is N-(9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl), gly is glycine, HATU is O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, HOBt is 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, HPLC is high pressure liquid chromatography, ile is isoleucine, lys is lysine, MeCN (CH3CN) is acetonitrile, MeOH is methanol, Mtr is 4-anisyldiphenylmethyl (or 4-methoxytrityl), nor is (1S,2R)-(+)-norephedrine, PAB is p-aminobenzylcarbamoyl, PBS is phosphate-buffered saline (pH 7), PEG is polyethylene glycol, Ph is phenyl, Pnp is p-nitrophenyl, MC is 6-maleimidocaproyl, phe is L-phenylalanine, PyBrop is bromo tris-pyrrolidino phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, SEC is size-exclusion chromatography, Su is succinimide, TFA is trifluoroacetic acid, TLC is thin layer chromatography, UV is ultraviolet, and val is valine.
  • Cysteine Engineered Anti-TENB2 Antibodies
  • The compounds of the invention include cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies where one or more amino acids of any form of wild-type or parent anti-TENB2 antibody is replaced with a cysteine amino acid. The engineered cysteine amino acid is a free cysteine acid and not part of an intrachain or interchain disulfide unit. Any form of anti-TENB2 antibody may be so engineered, i.e. mutated. For example, a parent Fab antibody fragment may be engineered to form a cysteine engineered Fab, referred to herein as “ThioFab.” Similarly, a parent monoclonal antibody may be engineered to form a “ThioMab.” It should be noted that a single site mutation yields a single engineered cysteine residue in a ThioFab, while a single site mutation yields two engineered cysteine residues in a ThioMab, due to the dimeric nature of the IgG antibody. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies of the invention include monoclonal antibodies, humanized or chimeric monoclonal antibodies, antigen-binding fragments of antibodies, fusion polypeptides and analogs that preferentially bind cell-associated TENB2 polypeptides.
  • Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies retain the antigen binding capability of their wild type, parent anti-TENB2 antibody counterparts. Thus, cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies are capable of binding to TENB2 antigens.
  • A cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody comprises one or more free cysteine amino acids with reduced sulfhydryl (thiol) groups wherein the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody binds to a TENB2 polypeptide.
  • In one embodiment, the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is prepared by a process comprising replacing one or more amino acid residues of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody by cysteine.
  • Mutants with replaced (“engineered”) cysteine (Cys) residues may be evaluated for the reactivity of the newly introduced, engineered cysteine thiol groups. The thiol reactivity value is a relative, numerical term in the range of 0 to 1.0 and can be measured for any cysteine engineered antibody. Thiol reactivity values of cysteine engineered antibodies of the invention may be in the ranges of 0.6 to 1.0; 0.7 to 1.0; or 0.8 to 1.0.
  • In one aspect, the invention concerns an isolated cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody comprising an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes to the complement of a DNA molecule encoding (a) a cysteine engineered antibody having a full-length amino acid sequence as disclosed herein, (b) a cysteine engineered antibody amino acid sequence lacking the signal peptide as disclosed herein, (c) an extracellular domain of a transmembrane cysteine engineered antibody protein, with or without the signal peptide, as disclosed herein, (d) an amino acid sequence encoded by any of the nucleic acid sequences disclosed herein or (e) any other specifically defined fragment of a full-length cysteine engineered antibody amino acid sequence as disclosed herein.
  • In one aspect, the invention provides an isolated cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody without the N-terminal signal sequence and/or without the initiating methionine and is encoded by a nucleotide sequence that encodes such an amino acid sequence as described in. Processes for producing the same are also herein described, wherein those processes comprise culturing a host cell comprising a vector which comprises the appropriate encoding nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable for expression of the cysteine engineered antibody and recovering the cysteine engineered antibody from the cell culture.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides an isolated cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody which is either transmembrane domain-deleted or transmembrane domain-inactivated. Processes for producing the same are also herein described, wherein those processes comprise culturing a host cell comprising a vector which comprises the appropriate encoding nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable for expression of the cysteine engineered antibody and recovering the cysteine engineered antibody from the cell culture.
  • In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated anti-TENB2 chimeric cysteine engineered antibodies comprising any of the herein described cysteine engineered antibody fused to a heterologous (non-TENB2) polypeptide. Examples of such chimeric molecules comprise any of the herein described cysteine engineered antibodies fused to a heterologous polypeptide such as, for example, an epitope tag sequence or an Fc region of an immunoglobulin.
  • The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody may be a monoclonal antibody, antibody fragment, chimeric antibody, humanized antibody, single-chain antibody or antibody that competitively inhibits the binding of an anti-TENB2 polypeptide antibody to its respective antigenic epitope. Antibodies of the present invention may optionally be conjugated to a growth inhibitory agent or cytotoxic agent such as a toxin, including, for example, an auristatin, an antibiotic, a radioactive isotope, a nucleolytic enzyme, or the like.
  • The antibodies of the present invention may optionally be produced in CHO cells or bacterial cells and preferably inhibit the growth or proliferation of or induce the death of a cell to which they bind. For diagnostic purposes, the antibodies of the present invention may be detectably labeled, attached to a solid support, or the like.
  • In other embodiments of the present invention, the invention provides vectors comprising DNA encoding any of the herein described cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies. Host cells comprising any such vector are also provided. By way of example, the host cells may be CHO cells, E. coli cells, or yeast cells. A process for producing any of the herein described polypeptides is further provided and comprises culturing host cells under conditions suitable for expression of the desired polypeptide and recovering the desired polypeptide from the cell culture.
  • Parent and cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies bind to a TENB2 polypeptide or TENB2 polypeptide variant described in PCT/US03/07209 U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248).
  • A TENB2 polypeptide variant is a TENB2 polypeptide having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity with a TENB2 which is a: (i) full-length native sequence; (ii) a polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide; (iii) an extracellular domain, with or without the signal peptide; (iv) or any other fragment of a full-length TENB2 polypeptide sequence. Such TENB2 polypeptide variants include, for instance, polypeptides wherein one or more amino acid residues are added, or deleted, at the N- or C-terminus of the full-length native amino acid sequence. Ordinarily, a TENB2 polypeptide variant will have at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% amino acid sequence identity, to a full-length native sequence TENB2 polypeptide sequence, a TENB2 polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide, an extracellular domain of a TENB2 polypeptide, with or without the signal peptide, or any other specifically defined fragment of a full-length TENB2 polypeptide sequence. Ordinarily, TENB2 polypeptide variants are at least about 10 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560, 570, 580, 590, 600 amino acids in length, or more. Optionally, TENB2 variant polypeptides will have no more than one conservative amino acid substitution as compared to the native TENB2 polypeptide sequence, alternatively no more than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 conservative amino acid substitution as compared to the native TENB2 polypeptide sequence.
  • TENB2 polypeptides may be prepared by recombinant expression in: (i) E. coli with pBR322 vector; (ii) mammalian cells such as human HEK293 cells (ATCC CCL 1573), COS (simian fibroblast, SV-40) cells, Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells with the pRK5 vector; (iii) yeast, such as yeast strain AB110; or (iv) baculovirus-infected insect cells (PCT/US03/07209; U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248). Native or recombinant TENB2 polypeptides may be purified by a variety of standard techniques in the art of protein purification. For example, pro-TENB2 polypeptide, mature TENB2 polypeptide, or pre-TENB2 polypeptide is purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for the TENB2 polypeptide of interest. In general, an immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling the anti-TENB2 polypeptide antibody to an activated chromatographic resin. TENB2 polypeptides may be produced recombinantly as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide. Alternatively, TENB2 polypeptides may be produced as fusion polypeptides with a signal sequence and a heterologous polypeptide sequence that allows purification of the TENB2 fusion polypeptide; examples of such polypeptides are polyhistidine (His6 (SEQ ID NO: 24) or Hiss (SEQ ID NO: 25)), human IgG Fc, the FLAG epitope (KDYKDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 26)), and the gD epitope (KYALADASLKMADPNRFRGKDLPVL (SEQ ID NO: 27)). The signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the anti-TENB2 antibody- or TENB2 polypeptide-encoding DNA that is inserted into the vector. The signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, 1pp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders. For yeast secretion the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces α-factor leaders (U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader (EP 0362179), or the signal described in WO 90/13646. In mammalian cell expression, mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders.
  • A TENB2-expressing cell expresses an endogenous or transfected TENB2 polypeptide antigen either on the cell surface or in a secreted form. A TENB2-expressing cancer comprises cells that have a TENB2 polypeptide present on the cell surface or that produce and secrete a TENB2 antigenic polypeptide. A TENB2-expressing cancer optionally produces sufficient levels of TENB2 polypeptide on the surface of cells thereof, such that an anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, can bind thereto and may exert a therapeutic effect with respect to the cancer. A cancer which overexpresses a TENB2 polypeptide is one which has significantly higher levels of TENB2 polypeptide at the cell surface thereof, or produces and secretes, compared to a noncancerous cell of the same tissue type. Such overexpression may be caused by gene amplification or by increased transcription or translation. TENB2 polypeptide overexpression may be determined in a clinical setting by evaluating increased levels of the TENB2 protein present on the surface of a cell, or secreted by the cell (e.g., via an immunohistochemistry assay using anti-TENB2 antibodies prepared against an isolated TENB2 polypeptide which may be prepared using recombinant DNA technology from an isolated nucleic acid encoding the TENB2 polypeptide; FACS analysis, etc.). Alternatively, or additionally, one may measure levels of TENB2 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid or mRNA in the cell, e.g., via fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) using a nucleic acid based probe corresponding to a TENB2-encoding nucleic acid or the complement thereof; (WO 98/45479), Southern blotting, Northern blotting, or polymerase chain reaction (PCR) techniques, such as real time quantitative reverse-transcriptase PCR (qRT-PCR). One may also detect TENB2 polypeptide overexpression by measuring shed antigen in a biological fluid such as serum, e.g., using antibody-based assays (U.S. Pat. No. 4,933,294; WO 91/05264; U.S. Pat. No. 5,401,638; Sias et al (1990) J. Immunol. Methods 132:73-80). Various other in vivo assays may be contemplated. Alternatively, cells within the body of the patient may be exposed to an antibody which is optionally labeled with a detectable label, e.g., a radioactive isotope, and binding of the antibody to cells in the patient can be evaluated, e.g., by external scanning for radioactivity or by analyzing a biopsy taken from a patient previously exposed to the antibody.
  • Parent and cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies are capable of binding, preferably specifically, to a TENB2 polypeptide as described herein. TENB2 binding oligopeptides may be identified without undue experimentation using well known techniques. In this regard, it is noted that techniques for screening oligopeptide libraries for oligopeptides that are capable of specifically binding to a polypeptide target are well known in the art (U.S. Pat. No. 5,556,762; U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373; U.S. Pat. No. 4,708,871; U.S. Pat. No. 4,833,092; U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; U.S. Pat. No. 5,403,484; U.S. Pat. No. 5,571,689; U.S. Pat. No. 5,663,143; WO 84/03506; WO84/03564; Geysen et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:3998-4002; Geysen et al (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:178-182; Geysen et al., in Synthetic Peptides as Antigens, 130-149 (1986); Geysen et al., J. Immunol. Meth., 102:259-274 (1987); Schoofs et al., J. Immunol., 140:611-616 (1988), Cwirla, S. E. et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6378; Lowman, H. B. et al. (1991) Biochemistry, 30:10832; Clackson, T. et al. (1991) Nature, 352: 624; Marks, J. D. et al. (1991), J. Mol. Biol., 222:581; Kang, A. S. et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:8363, and Smith, G. P. (1991) Current Opin. Biotechnol., 2:668).
  • The parent and cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies of the invention include polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, human, bispecific, and heteroconjugate antibodies. Various forms of a humanized anti-TENB2 antibody are contemplated. For example, the humanized antibody may be an antibody fragment, such as a Fab. Alternatively, the humanized antibody may be an intact antibody, such as an intact IgG1 antibody.
  • Bispecific anti-TENB2 antibodies are antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different epitopes. Exemplary bispecific anti-TENB2 antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of a TENB2 protein as described herein. Other such antibodies may combine a TENB2 binding site with a binding site for another protein. Alternatively, an anti-TENB2 arm may be combined with an arm which binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g. CD3), or Fc receptors for IgG (FcγR), such as FcγRI (CD64), FcγRII (CD32) and FcγRIII (CD16), so as to focus and localize cellular defense mechanisms to the TENB2-expressing cell. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express TENB2. These antibodies possess a TENB2-binding arm and an arm which binds the cytotoxic agent (e.g., saporin, anti-interferon-α, vinca alkaloid, ricin A chain, methotrexate or radioactive isotope hapten). Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g., F(ab′)2 bispecific antibodies). Traditional production of full length bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, where the two chains have different specificities (Millstein et al (1983) Nature 305:537-539).
  • Heteroconjugate anti-TENB2 antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention. Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO 91/00360; WO 92/200373; EP 03089). It is contemplated that the antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents.
  • The anti-TENB2 antibodies of the present invention can be multivalent antibodies with three or more antigen binding sites (e.g. tetravalent antibodies), which can be readily produced by recombinant expression of nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide chains of the antibody. The multivalent antibody can comprise a dimerization domain and three or more antigen binding sites. The preferred dimerization domain comprises (or consists of) an Fc region or a hinge region. In this scenario, the antibody will comprise an Fc region and three or more antigen binding sites amino-terminal to the Fc region. The preferred multivalent antibody herein comprises (or consists of) three to about eight, but preferably four, antigen binding sites. The multivalent antibody comprises at least one polypeptide chain (and preferably two polypeptide chains), wherein the polypeptide chain(s) comprise two or more variable domains. For instance, the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise VD1-(X1)n-VD2-(X2)n-Fc, wherein VD1 is a first variable domain, VD2 is a second variable domain, Fc is one polypeptide chain of an Fc region, X1 and X2 represent an amino acid or polypeptide, and n is 0 or 1. For instance, the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise: VH-CH1-flexible linker-VH-CH1-Fc region chain; or VH-CH1-VH-CH1-Fc region chain. The multivalent antibody herein preferably further comprises at least two (and preferably four) light chain variable domain polypeptides. The multivalent antibody herein may, for instance, comprise from about two to about eight light chain variable domain polypeptides. The light chain variable domain polypeptides contemplated here comprise a light chain variable domain and, optionally, further comprise a CL domain.
  • The effector function of an anti-TENB2 antibody may be modified by introducing one or more amino acid substitutions in an Fc region. Such modification may enhance antigen-dependent cell-mediated cyotoxicity (ADCC) and/or complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) of the anti-TENB2 antibody. The homodimeric antibody thus generated may have improved internalization capability and/or increased complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). See Caron et al (1992) J. Exp Med. 176:1191-1195 and Shopes, B. J. (1992) Immunol. 148:2918-2922. Homodimeric anti-TENB2 antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity may also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al (1993) Cancer Research 53:2560-2565. Alternatively, an antibody can be engineered which has dual Fc regions and may thereby have enhanced complement lysis and ADCC capabilities (Stevenson et al (1989) Anti-Cancer Drug Design 3:219-230).
  • The serum half life of an anti-TENB2 antibody may be modulated by incorporating a salvage receptor binding epitope, e.g. an antibody fragment (U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,277). As used herein, the term “salvage receptor binding epitope” refers to an epitope of the Fc region of an IgG molecule (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, or IgG4) that is responsible for increasing the in vivo serum half-life of the IgG molecule.
  • Monoclonal antibodies binding to TENB2 epitopes, including TMEFF2#19, are determined by standard competitive binding analysis and epitope mapping (PCT/US03/07209; U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248).
  • Immunohistochemistry analysis was performed using TMEFF2#19 monoclonal antibodies (PCT/US03/07209; Sambrook et al Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989; Ausubel et al., Current Protocols of Molecular Biology, Unit 3.16, John Wiley and Sons, 1997). Monoclonal antibody TMEFF2#19 demonstarted weak to strong binding in 176 of 241 human prostate cancer specimans.
  • Monoclonal antibody TMEFF2#19 becomes internalized into cells to which it binds TENB2 polypeptide on the cell surface at a rapid rate.
  • Modifications of Anti-TENB2 Antibodies
  • Modifications and variations in the anti-TENB2 antibodies described herein, can be made, for example, using any of the techniques and guidelines known in the art for conservative and non-conservative mutations, for example, those in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934. Variations may be a substitution, deletion or insertion of one or more codons encoding the antibody or polypeptide that results in a change in the amino acid sequence as compared with the native sequence anti-TENB2 antibody. Optionally the variation is by substitution of at least one amino acid with any other amino acid in one or more of the domains of the anti-TENB2 antibody. The variations can be made using methods known in the art such as oligonucleotide-mediated (site-directed) mutagenesis, alanine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis. Site-directed mutagenesis (Carter et al (1986) Nucl. Acids Res., 13:4331; Zoller et al (1987) Nucl. Acids Res., 10:6487), cassette mutagenesis (Wells et al (1985) Gene, 34:315), restriction selection mutagenesis (Wells et al (1986) Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London SerA, 317:415) or other known techniques can be performed on the cloned DNA to produce the anti-TENB2 antibody variant DNA. Amino acid changes may alter post-translational processes of the anti-TENB2 antibody, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites or altering the membrane anchoring characteristics. Other modifications include deamidation of glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively, hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the α-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, (1983) W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86), acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group. Anti-TENB2 antibodies can be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the encoding DNA, and/or by chemical synthesis.
  • Anti-TENB2 antibody fragments may be truncated at the N-terminus or C-terminus, or may lack internal residues, for example, when compared with a full length anti-TENB2 antibody. Certain fragments lack amino acid residues that are not essential for a desired biological activity of the anti-TENB2 antibody. Anti-TENB2 antibody fragments may be prepared by any of a number of conventional techniques. Desired peptide fragments may be chemically synthesized. An alternative approach involves generating antibody fragments by enzymatic digestion, e.g., by treating the protein with an enzyme known to cleave proteins at sites defined by particular amino acid residues, or by digesting the DNA with suitable restriction enzymes and isolating the desired fragment. Yet another suitable technique involves isolating and amplifying a DNA fragment encoding a desired antibody or fragment, by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Oligonucleotides that define the desired termini of the DNA fragment are employed at the 5′ and 3′ primers in the PCR. Preferably, anti-TENB2 antibody fragments share at least one biological and/or immunological activity with the native anti-TENB2 antibody disclosed herein.
  • A particularly preferred type of substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a humanized or human antibody. Generally, the resulting variant(s) selected for further development will have improved biological properties relative to the antibody from which they are generated. A convenient way for generating such substitutional variants involves affinity maturation using phage display. Briefly, several hypervariable region sites (e.g., 6-7 sites) are mutated to generate all possible amino substitutions at each site. The antibody variants thus generated are displayed in a monovalent fashion from filamentous phage particles as fusions to the gene III product of M13 packaged within each particle. The phage-displayed variants are then screened for their biological activity (e.g., binding affinity) as herein disclosed. In order to identify candidate hypervariable region sites for modification, alanine scanning mutagenesis can be performed to identify hypervariable region residues contributing significantly to antigen binding. Alternatively, or additionally, it may be beneficial to analyze a crystal structure of the antigen-antibody complex to identify contact points between the antibody and human TENB2 polypeptide. Such contact residues and neighboring residues are candidates for substitution according to the techniques elaborated herein. Once such variants are generated, the panel of variants is subjected to screening as described herein and antibodies with superior properties in one or more relevant assays may be selected for further development.
  • Another type of covalent modification of the anti-TENB2 antibody included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the antibody or polypeptide by deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in native sequence anti-TENB2 antibody (either by removing the underlying glycosylation site or by deleting the glycosylation by chemical and/or enzymatic means), and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native sequence anti-TENB2 antibody. In addition, the modification includes qualitative changes in the glycosylation of the native proteins, involving a change in the nature and proportions of the various carbohydrate moieties present. Glycosylation of antibodies and other polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tripeptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-Linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used. Addition of glycosylation sites to the anti-TENB2 antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the sequence of the anti-TENB2 antibody (for O-linked glycosylation sites). The anti-TENB2 antibody amino acid sequence may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the anti-TENB2 antibody at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
  • Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the anti-TENB2 antibody is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide. Such methods are described in the art, e.g., in WO 87/05330 published 11 Sep. 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 (1981).
  • Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the anti-TENB2 antibody may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically or by mutational substitution of codons encoding for amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation. Chemical deglycosylation techniques are known in the art and described, for instance, by Hakimuddin, et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al., Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981). Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al (1987) Meth. Enzymol. 138:350.
  • Another type of covalent modification of anti-TENB2 antibody comprises linking the antibody or polypeptide to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835; U.S. Pat. No. 4,496,689; U.S. Pat. No. 4,301,144; U.S. Pat. No. 4,670,417; U.S. Pat. No. 4,791,192 or U.S. Pat. No. 4,179,337. The antibody or polypeptide also may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization (for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively), in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules), or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th edition, Oslo, A., Ed., (1980).
  • The anti-TENB2 antibody of the present invention may also be modified in a way to form chimeric molecules comprising an anti-TENB2 antibody fused to another, heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence. In one embodiment, such a chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of the anti-TENB2 antibody with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind. The epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl-terminus of the anti-TENB2 antibody. The presence of such epitope-tagged forms of the anti-TENB2 antibody can be detected using an antibody against the tag polypeptide. Also, provision of the epitope tag enables the anti-TENB2 antibody to be readily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag. Various tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art. Examples include poly-histidine (poly-his) or poly-histidine-glycine (poly-his-gly) tags; the flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5 (Field et al (1988) Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:2159-2165); the c-myc tag and the 8F9, 3C7, 6E10, G4, B7 and 9E10 antibodies thereto (Evan et al (1985) Molecular and Cellular Biology, 5:3610-3616); and the Herpes Simplex virus glycoprotein D (gD) tag and its antibody (Paborsky et al (1990) Protein Engineering, 3(6):547-553). Other tag polypeptides include the Flag-peptide (Hopp et al (1988) BioTechnology 6:1204-1210); the KT3 epitope peptide (Martin et al (1992) Science, 255:192-194); an α-tubulin epitope peptide (Skinner et al (1991) J. Biol. Chem., 266:15163-15166); and the T7 gene 10 protein peptide tag (Lutz-Freyermuth et al (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6393-6397).
  • In an alternative embodiment, the chimeric molecule may comprise a fusion of the anti-TENB2 antibody with an immunoglobulin or a particular region of an immunoglobulin. For a bivalent form of the chimeric molecule (also referred to as an “immunoadhesin”), such a fusion could be to the Fc region of an IgG molecule. The Ig fusions preferably include the substitution of a soluble (transmembrane domain deleted or inactivated) form of an anti-TENB2 antibody in place of at least one variable region within an Ig molecule. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the immunoglobulin fusion includes the hinge, CH2 and CH3, or the hinge, CH1, CH2 and CH3 regions of an IgG1 molecule (U.S. Pat. No. 5,428,130).
  • Preparation of Anti-TENB2 Antibodies
  • DNA encoding an amino acid sequence variant of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies and parent anti-TENB2 antibodies of the invention is prepared by a variety of methods which include, but are not limited to, isolation from a natural source (in the case of naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants), preparation by site-directed (or oligonucleotide-mediated) mutagenesis (Carter (1985) et al Nucleic Acids Res. 13:4431-4443; Ho et al (1989) Gene (Amst.) 77:51-59; Kunkel et al (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:488; Liu et al (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:20252-20260), PCR mutagenesis (Higuchi, (1990) in PCR Protocols, pp. 177-183, Academic Press; Ito et al (1991) Gene 102:67-70; Bernhard et al (1994) Bioconjugate Chem. 5:126-132; and Vallette et al (1989) Nuc. Acids Res. 17:723-733), and cassette mutagenesis (Wells et al (1985) Gene 34:315-323) of an earlier prepared DNA encoding the polypeptide. Mutagenesis protocols, kits, and reagents are commercially available, e.g. QuikChange® Multi Site-Direct Mutagenesis Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.). Single mutations are also generated by oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis using double stranded plasmid DNA as template by PCR based mutagenesis (Sambrook and Russel, (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd edition; Zoller et al (1983) Methods Enzymol. 100:468-500; Zoller, M. J. and Smith, M. (1982) Nucl. Acids Res. 10:6487-6500). Variants of recombinant antibodies may be constructed also by restriction fragment manipulation or by overlap extension PCR with synthetic oligonucleotides. Mutagenic primers encode the cysteine codon replacement(s). Standard mutagenesis techniques can be employed to generate DNA encoding such mutant cysteine engineered antibodies (Sambrook et al Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989; and Ausubel et al Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing and Wiley-Interscience, New York, N.Y., 1993).
  • Phage display technology (McCafferty et al (1990) Nature 348:552-553) can be used to produce anti-TENB2 human antibodies and antibody fragments in vitro, from immunoglobulin variable (V) domain gene repertoires from unimmunized donors. According to this technique, antibody V domain genes are cloned in-frame into either a major or minor coat protein gene of a filamentous bacteriophage, such as M13 or fd, and displayed as functional antibody fragments on the surface of the phage particle. Because the filamentous particle contains a single-stranded DNA copy of the phage genome, selections based on the functional properties of the antibody also result in selection of the gene encoding the antibody exhibiting those properties. Thus, the phage mimics some of the properties of the B-cell (Johnson et al (1993) Current Opinion in Structural Biology 3:564-571; Clackson et al (1991) Nature, 352:624-628; Marks et al (1991) J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-597; Griffith et al (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734; U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332; U.S. Pat. No. 5,573,905; U.S. Pat. No. 5,567,610; U.S. Pat. No. 5,229,275).
  • Anti-TENB2 antibodies may be chemically synthesized using known oligopeptide synthesis methodology or may be prepared and purified using recombinant technology. The appropriate amino acid sequence, or portions thereof, may be produced by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques (Stewart et al., Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis, (1969) W.H. Freeman Co., San Francisco, Calif.; Merrifield, (1963) J. Am. Chem. Soc., 85:2149-2154). In vitro protein synthesis may be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated solid phase synthesis may be accomplished, for instance, employing t-BOC or Fmoc protected amino acids and using an Applied Biosystems Peptide Synthesizer (Foster City, Calif.) using manufacturer's instructions. Various portions of the anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide may be chemically synthesized separately and combined using chemical or enzymatic methods to produce the desired anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide.
  • Various techniques have been developed for the production of antibody fragments. Traditionally, these fragments were derived via proteolytic digestion of intact antibodies (Morimoto et al (1992) Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24:107-117; and Brennan et al (1985) Science, 229:81), or produced directly by recombinant host cells. Fab, Fv and ScFv anti-TENB2 antibody fragments can all be expressed in and secreted from E. coli, thus allowing the facile production of large amounts of these fragments. Antibody fragments can be isolated from the antibody phage libraries discussed herein. Alternatively, Fab′-SH fragments can be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form F(ab′)2 fragments (Carter et al (1992) Bio/Technology 10:163-167), or isolated directly from recombinant host cell culture. The anti-TENB2 antibody may be a (scFv) single chain Fv fragment (WO 93/16185; U.S. Pat. No. 5,571,894; U.S. Pat. No. 5,587,458). The anti-TENB2 antibody fragment may also be a “linear antibody” (U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870). Such linear antibody fragments may be monospecific or bispecific.
  • The description below relates primarily to production of anti-TENB2 antibodies by culturing cells transformed or transfected with a vector containing anti-TENB2 antibody-encoding nucleic acid. DNA encoding anti-TENB2 antibodies may be obtained from a cDNA library prepared from tissue believed to possess the anti-TENB2 antibody mRNA and to express it at a detectable level. Accordingly, human anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide DNA can be conveniently obtained from a cDNA library prepared from human tissue. The anti-TENB2 antibody-encoding gene may also be obtained from a genomic library or by known synthetic procedures (e.g., automated nucleic acid synthesis).
  • Libraries can be screened with probes (such as oligonucleotides of at least about 20-80 bases) designed to identify the gene of interest or the protein encoded by it. Screening the cDNA or genomic library with the selected probe may be conducted using standard procedures, such as described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). An alternative means to isolate the gene encoding anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide is PCR methodology (Sambrook et al., supra; Dieffenbach et al., PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1995).
  • Host cells are transfected or transformed with expression or cloning vectors described herein for anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences. The culture conditions, such as media, temperature, pH and the like, can be selected by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of cell cultures can be found in Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: a Practical Approach, M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, 1991) and Sambrook et al., supra.
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein include prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells. Suitable prokaryotes include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as E. coli. Various E. coli strains are publicly available, such as E. coli K12 strain MM294 (ATCC 31,446); E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537); E. coli strain W3110 (ATCC 27,325) and K5 772 (ATCC 53,635). Other suitable prokaryotic host cells include Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia, e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B. licheniformis (e.g., B. licheniformis 41P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 Apr. 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa, and Streptomyces. These examples are illustrative rather than limiting. Strain W3110 is an exemplary host strain for recombinant DNA product fermentations. Preferably, the host cell secretes minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes. For example, strain W3110 may be modified to effect a genetic mutation in the genes encoding proteins endogenous to the host, with examples of such hosts including E. coli W3110 strain 1A2, which has the complete genotype tonA; E. coli W3110 strain 9E4, which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3; E. coli W3110 strain 27C7 (ATCC 55,244), which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA E15 (argF-lac)169 degP ompT kanr ; E. coli W31 10 strain 37D6, which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA E15 (argF-lac)169 degP ompT rbs7 ilvG kanr ; E. coli W3110 strain 40B4, which is strain 37D6 with a non-kanamycin resistant degP deletion mutation; and an E. coli strain having mutant periplasmic protease (U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,783). Alternatively, in vitro methods of cloning, e.g., PCR or other nucleic acid polymerase reactions, are suitable.
  • Full length antibody, antibody fragments, and antibody fusion proteins can be produced in bacteria, in particular when glycosylation and Fc effector function are not needed, such as when the therapeutic antibody is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a toxin) and the immunoconjugate by itself shows effectiveness in tumor cell destruction. Full length antibodies have greater half life in circulation. Production in E. coli may be faster and more cost efficient using, for example, expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria with translation initiation regio (TIR) and signal sequences for optimizing expression and secretion (U.S. Pat. No. 5,648,237; U.S. Pat. No. 5,789,199; U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,523). After expression, the antibody is isolated from the E. coli cell paste in a soluble fraction and can be purified through, e.g., a protein A or G column depending on the isotype. Final purification can be carried out similar to the process for purifying antibody expressed e.g, in CHO cells.
  • In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for anti-TENB2 antibody- or TENB2 polypeptide-encoding vectors. Saccharomyces cerevisiae is a commonly used lower eukaryotic host microorganism. Others include Schizosaccharomyces pombe (Beach and Nurse, (1981) Nature, 290: 140; EP 139,383); Kluyveromyces hosts (U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,529; Fleer et al (1991) Bio/Technology, 9:968-975) such as, e.g., K. lactis (MW98-8C, CBS683, CBS4574; Louvencourt et al (1983) J. Bacteriol., 154(2):737-742), K. fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045), K. wickeramii (ATCC 24,178), K. waltii (ATCC 56,500), K. drosophilarum (ATCC 36,906; Van den Berg et al (1990) Bio/Technology, 8:135), K. thermotolerans, and K. marxianus; yarrowia (EP 402226); Pichia pastoris (EP 183070; Sreekrishna et al (1988) J. Basic Microbiol., 28:265-278); Candida; Trichoderma reesia (EP 244234); Neurospora crassa(Case et al (1979) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 76:5259-5263); Schwanniomyces such as Schwanniomyces occidentalis (EP 394538); and filamentous fungi such as, e.g., Neurospora, Penicillium, Tolypocladium (WO 91/00357), and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans (Ballance et al (1983) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 112:284-289; Tilburn et al (1983) Gene, 26:205-221; Yelton et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81: 1470-1474) and A. niger (Kelly and Hynes, (1985) EMBO J., 4:475-479). Methylotropic yeasts are suitable herein and include, but are not limited to, yeast capable of growth on methanol selected from the genera consisting of Hansenula, Candida, Kloeckera, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Torulopsis, and Rhodotorula.
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide may also be derived from multicellular organisms. Examples of invertebrate cells include insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9, as well as plant cells, such as cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco. Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori have been identified. A variety of viral strains for transfection are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV, and such viruses may be used as the virus herein according to the present invention, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV 1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al (1977) J. Gen Virol. 36:59); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/-DHFR (CHO, Urlaub et al (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather (1980) Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251); monkey kidney cells (CV 1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al (1982) Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; and a human hepatoma line (Hep G2).
  • Host cells are transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for anti-TENB2 antibody production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences. The nucleic acid (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) encoding anti-TENB2 antibody or TENB2 polypeptide may be inserted into a replicable vector for cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression. The vector may, for example, be in the form of a plasmid, cosmid, viral particle, or phage. The appropriate nucleic acid sequence may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures.
  • Growth inhibition of tumor cells in vitro or in vivo can be determined in various ways known in the art, such as inhibiting cell proliferation of a TENB2-expressing tumor cell in vitro or in vivo by about 25-100% compared to the untreated tumor cell, or by about 30-100%, or by about 50-100% or 70-100%, in one embodiment, at an antibody concentration of about 0.5 to 30 gig/ml. The growth inhibitory effects of an anti-TENB2 antibody in vitro may be assessed by methods known in the art, e.g., using cells which express a TENB2 polypeptide either endogenously or following transfection with the TENB2 gene. For example, appropriate tumor cell lines and TENB2-transfected cells may treated with an anti-TENB2 monoclonal antibody at various concentrations for a few days (e.g., 2-7) days and stained with crystal violet or MTT or analyzed by some other colorimetric assay. A reduced signal indicates growth inhibition. Another method of measuring proliferation would be by comparing 3H-thymidine uptake by the cells treated in the presence or absence an anti-TENB2 antibody. After treatment, the cells are harvested and the amount of radioactivity incorporated into the DNA quantitated in a scintillation counter. Inhibition of proliferation would be demonstrated by a reduction of radioactivity. To select for an anti-TENB2 antibody which induces cell death, loss of membrane integrity as indicated by, e.g., propidium iodide (PI), trypan blue or 7AAD uptake, may be assessed relative to control. Appropriate positive controls include treatment of a selected cell line with a growth inhibitory antibody known to inhibit growth of that cell line. Growth inhibition can be measured at an antibody concentration of about 0.5 to 30 μg/ml or about 0.5 nM to 200 nM in cell culture, where the growth inhibition is determined 1-10 days after exposure of the tumor cells to the antibody. The antibody is growth inhibitory in vivo if administration of the anti-TENB2 antibody at about 1 gig/kg to about 100 mg/kg body weight results in reduction in tumor size or reduction of tumor cell proliferation within about 5 days to 3 months from the first administration of the antibody, preferably within about 5 to 30 days.
  • Preparation of Cysteine Engineered Anti-TENB2 Antibodies
  • The design, selection, and preparation methods of the invention enable cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies which are reactive with electrophilic functionality. These methods further enable antibody conjugate compounds such as antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) compounds with drug molecules at designated, designed, selective sites. Reactive cysteine residues on an antibody surface allow specifically conjugating a drug moiety through a thiol reactive group such as maleimide or haloacetyl. The nucleophilic reactivity of the thiol functionality of a Cys residue to a maleimide group is about 1000 times higher compared to any other amino acid functionality in a protein, such as amino group of lysine residues or the N-terminal amino group. Thiol specific functionality in iodoacetyl and maleimide reagents may react with amine groups, but higher pH (>9.0) and longer reaction times are required (Garman, 1997, Non-Radioactive Labelling: A Practical Approach, Academic Press, London). The amount of free thiol in a protein may be estimated by the standard Ellman's assay. Immunoglobulin M is an example of a disulfide-linked pentamer, while immunoglobulin G is an example of a protein with internal disulfide bridges bonding the subunits together. In proteins such as this, reduction of the disulfide bonds with a reagent such as dithiothreitol (DTT) or selenol (Singh et al (2002) Anal. Biochem. 304:147-156) is required to generate the reactive free thiol. This approach may result in loss of antibody tertiary structure and antigen binding specificity.
  • The PHESELECTOR (Phage ELISA for Selection of Reactive Thiols) Assay allows for detection of reactive cysteine groups in antibody-Fabs in an ELISA phage format thereby assisting in the design of cysteine engineered antibodies (US 2007/0092940). The antigen that binds to cysteine engineered antibody is coated on well surfaces, followed by incubation with phage particles displaying cysteine engineered Fabs, addition of HRP labeled secondary antibody, and absorbance detection. Mutant proteins displayed on phage may be screened in a rapid, robust, and high-throughput manner. Libraries of cysteine engineered antibodies can be produced and subjected to binding selection using the same approach to identify appropriately reactive sites of free Cys incorporation from random protein-phage libraries of antibodies or other proteins. This technique includes reacting cysteine mutant proteins displayed on phage with an affinity reagent or reporter group which is also thiol-reactive.
  • The PHESELECTOR assay allows screening of reactive thiol groups in antibodies. Identification of the A121C variant by this method is exemplary. The entire Fab molecule may be effectively searched to identify more ThioFab variants with reactive thiol groups. A parameter, fractional surface accessibility, was employed to identify and quantitate the accessibility of solvent to the amino acid residues in a polypeptide. The surface accessibility can be expressed as the surface area (Å2) that can be contacted by a solvent molecule, e.g. water. The occupied space of water is approximated as a 1.4 A radius sphere. Software is freely available or licensable (Secretary to CCP4, Daresbury Laboratory, Warrington, WA4 4AD, United Kingdom, Fax: (+44) 1925 603825) as the CCP4 Suite of crystallography programs which employ algorithms to calculate the surface accessibility of each amino acid of a protein with known x-ray crystallography derived coordinates (“The CCP4 Suite: Programs for Protein Crystallography” (1994) Acta. Cryst. D50:760-763). Two exemplary software modules that perform surface accessibility calculations are “AREAIMOL” and “SURFACE”, based on the algorithms of B. Lee and F. M. Richards (1971) J. Mol. Biol. 55:379-400. AREAIMOL defines the solvent accessible surface of a protein as the locus of the centre of a probe sphere (representing a solvent molecule) as it rolls over the Van der Waals surface of the protein. AREAIMOL calculates the solvent accessible surface area by generating surface points on an extended sphere about each atom (at a distance from the atom centre equal to the sum of the atom and probe radii), and eliminating those that lie within equivalent spheres associated with neighboring atoms. AREAIMOL finds the solvent accessible area of atoms in a PDB coordinate file, and summarizes the accessible area by residue, by chain and for the whole molecule. Accessible areas (or area differences) for individual atoms can be written to a pseudo-PDB output file. AREAIMOL assumes a single radius for each element, and only recognizes a limited number of different elements.
  • AREAIMOL and SURFACE report absolute accessibilities, i.e. the number of square Angstroms (A). Fractional surface accessibility is calculated by reference to a standard state relevant for an amino acid within a polypeptide. The reference state is tripeptide Gly-X-Gly, where X is the amino acid of interest, and the reference state should be an ‘extended’ conformation, i.e. like those in beta-strands. The extended conformation maximizes the accessibility of X. A calculated accessible area is divided by the accessible area in a Gly-X-Gly tripeptide reference state and reports the quotient, which is the fractional accessibility. Percent accessibility is fractional accessibility multiplied by 100. Another exemplary algorithm for calculating surface accessibility is based on the SOLV module of the program xsae (Broger, C., F. Hoffman-LaRoche, Basel) which calculates fractional accessibility of an amino acid residue to a water sphere based on the X-ray coordinates of the polypeptide. The fractional surface accessibility for every amino acid in an antibody may be calculated using available crystal structure information (Eigenbrot et al. (1993) J Mol Biol. 229:969-995).
  • DNA encoding the cysteine engineered antibodies is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies). The hybridoma cells serve as a source of such DNA. Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells, or other mammalian host cells, such as myeloma cells (U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,715; US 2005/0048572; US 2004/0229310) that do not otherwise produce the antibody protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • After design and selection, cysteine engineered antibodies, e.g. ThioFabs, with the engineered, highly reactive unpaired Cys residues, may be produced by: (i) expression in a bacterial, e.g. E. coli, system (Skerra et al (1993) Curr. Opinion in Immunol. 5:256-262; Plückthun (1992) Immunol. Revs. 130:151-188) or a mammalian cell culture system (WO 01/00245), e.g. Chinese Hamster Ovary cells (CHO); and (ii) purification using common protein purification techniques (Lowman et al (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266(17): 10982-10988).
  • The engineered Cys thiol groups react with electrophilic linker reagents and drug-linker intermediates to form cysteine engineered antibody drug conjugates and other labelled cysteine engineered antibodies. Cys residues of cysteine engineered antibodies, and present in the parent antibodies, which are paired and form interchain and intrachain disulfide bonds do not have any reactive thiol groups (unless treated with a reducing agent) and do not react with electrophilic linker reagents or drug-linker intermediates. The newly engineered Cys residue, can remain unpaired, and able to react with, i.e. conjugate to, an electrophilic linker reagent or drug-linker intermediate, such as a drug-maleimide. Exemplary drug-linker intermediates include: MC-MMAE, MC-MMAF, MC-vc-PAB-MMAE, and MC-vc-PAB-MMAF. The structure positions of the engineered Cys residues of the heavy and light chains are numbered according to a sequential numbering system. This sequential numbering system is correlated to the Kabat numbering system (Kabat et al., (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.) starting at the N-terminus, differs from the Kabat numbering scheme (bottom row) by insertions noted by a,b,c. Using the Kabat numbering system, the actual linear amino acid sequence may contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of, or insertion into, a FR or CDR of the variable domain. The cysteine engineered heavy chain variant sites are identified by the sequential numbering and Kabat numbering schemes.
  • In one embodiment, the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is prepared by a process comprising:
  • (a) replacing one or more amino acid residues of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody by cysteine; and
  • (b) determining the thiol reactivity of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody by reacting the cysteine engineered antibody with a thiol-reactive reagent.
  • The cysteine engineered antibody may be more reactive than the parent antibody with the thiol-reactive reagent.
  • The free cysteine amino acid residues may be located in the heavy or light chains, or in the constant or variable domains. Antibody fragments, e.g. Fab, may also be engineered with one or more cysteine amino acids replacing amino acids of the antibody fragment, to form cysteine engineered antibody fragments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of preparing (making) a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, comprising:
  • (a) introducing one or more cysteine amino acids into a parent anti-TENB2 antibody in order to generate the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody; and
  • (b) determining the thiol reactivity of the cysteine engineered antibody with a thiol-reactive reagent;
      • wherein the cysteine engineered antibody is more reactive than the parent antibody with the thiol-reactive reagent.
  • Step (a) of the method of preparing a cysteine engineered antibody may comprise:
  • (i) mutagenizing a nucleic acid sequence encoding the cysteine engineered antibody;
  • (ii) expressing the cysteine engineered antibody; and
  • (iii) isolating and purifying the cysteine engineered antibody.
  • Step (b) of the method of preparing a cysteine engineered antibody may comprise expressing the cysteine engineered antibody on a viral particle selected from a phage or a phagemid particle.
  • Step (b) of the method of preparing a cysteine engineered antibody may also comprise:
  • (i) reacting the cysteine engineered antibody with a thiol-reactive affinity reagent to generate an affinity labelled, cysteine engineered antibody; and
  • (ii) measuring the binding of the affinity labelled, cysteine engineered antibody to a capture media.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method of screening cysteine engineered antibodies with highly reactive, unpaired cysteine amino acids for thiol reactivity comprising:
  • (a) introducing one or more cysteine amino acids into a parent antibody in order to generate a cysteine engineered antibody;
  • (b) reacting the cysteine engineered antibody with a thiol-reactive affinity reagent to generate an affinity labelled, cysteine engineered antibody; and
  • (c) measuring the binding of the affinity labelled, cysteine engineered antibody to a capture media; and
  • (d) determining the thiol reactivity of the cysteine engineered antibody with the thiol-reactive reagent.
  • Step (a) of the method of screening cysteine engineered antibodies may comprise:
  • (i) mutagenizing a nucleic acid sequence encoding the cysteine engineered antibody;
  • (ii) expressing the cysteine engineered antibody; and
  • (iii) isolating and purifying the cysteine engineered antibody.
  • Step (b) of the method of screening cysteine engineered antibodies may comprise expressing the cysteine engineered antibody on a viral particle selected from a phage or a phagemid particle.
  • Step (b) of the method of screening cysteine engineered antibodies may also comprise:
  • (i) reacting the cysteine engineered antibody with a thiol-reactive affinity reagent to generate an affinity labelled, cysteine engineered antibody; and
  • (ii) measuring the binding of the affinity labelled, cysteine engineered antibody to a capture media.
  • Cysteine Engineering of TMEFF2#19 IgG Variants
  • Cysteine was introduced at the heavy chain 121 (sequential numbering excluding the signal sequence) site into full-length, humanized parent monoclonal anti-TENB2 TMEFF2#19 antibodies by the cysteine engineering methods described herein to give A121C thio hu anti-TENB2 TMEFF2#19 humanized variant with heavy chain sequence: SEQ ID NO: 1, and light chain sequence: SEQ ID NO:2, FIG. 1. These cysteine engineered monoclonal antibodies were expressed in CHO (Chinese Hamster Ovary) cells by transient fermentation in media containing 1 mM cysteine.
  • According to one embodiment, humanized TMEFF2#19 cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies comprise one or more of the following variable region heavy chain sequences with a free cysteine amino acid (Table 1).
  • TABLE 1
    Comparison of heavy chain Sequential, Kabat
    and Eu numbering for hu TMEFF2 #19 cysteine
    engineered anti-TENB2 antibody variants
    Sequence Kabat Eu
    near Cys Sequential Num- Num- Seq
    mutation Numbering bering bering I.D.
    DVQLCESGPG Q5C Q5C 8
    LSLTCCVSGYS A23C A23C 9
    LSSVTCADTAV A88C A84C 10
    TLVTVCSASTK S119C S112C 11
    VTVSSCSTKGP A121C A114C A118C 12
    VSSASCKGPSV T123C T116C T120C 13
    WYVDGCEVHNA V285C V278C V282C 14
    KGFYPCDIAVE S378C S371C S375C 15
    PPVLDCDGSFF 5403C S396C S400C 16
  • According to one embodiment, humanized TMEFF2#19 cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies comprise one or more of the following variable region light chain sequences with a free cysteine amino acid (Table 2).
  • TABLE 2
    Comparison of light chain Sequential and
    Kabat numbering for hu TMEFF2 #19 cysteine
    engineered anti-TENB2 antibody variants
    Sequence near Cys Sequential Kabat Seq.
    mutation Numbering Numbering I.D.
    SLSASCGDRVT V15C V15C 17
    EIKRTCAAPSV V110C V110C 18
    TVAAPCVFIFP S114C S114C 19
    FIFPPCDEQLK S121C S121C 20
    DEQLKCGTASV S127C S127C 21
    VTEQDCKDSTY S168C S168C 22
    GLSSPCTKSFN V205C V205C 23
  • Labelled Cysteine Engineered Anti-TENB2 Antibodies
  • Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies may be site-specifically and efficiently coupled with a thiol-reactive reagent. The thiol-reactive reagent may be a multifunctional linker reagent, a capture, i.e. affinity, label reagent (e.g. a biotin-linker reagent), a detection label (e.g. a fluorophore reagent), a solid phase immobilization reagent (e.g. SEPHAROSE™, polystyrene, or glass), or a drug-linker intermediate. One example of a thiol-reactive reagent is N-ethyl maleimide (NEM). In an exemplary embodiment, reaction of a ThioFab with a biotin-linker reagent provides a biotinylated ThioFab by which the presence and reactivity of the engineered cysteine residue may be detected and measured. Reaction of a ThioFab with a multifunctional linker reagent provides a ThioFab with a functionalized linker which may be further reacted with a drug moiety reagent or other label. Reaction of a ThioFab with a drug-linker intermediate provides a ThioFab drug conjugate.
  • The exemplary methods described here may be applied generally to the identification and production of antibodies, and more generally, to other proteins through application of the design and screening steps described herein.
  • Such an approach may be applied to the conjugation of other thiol-reactive reagents in which the reactive group is, for example, a maleimide, an iodoacetamide, a pyridyl disulfide, or other thiol-reactive conjugation partner (Haugland, 2003, Molecular Probes Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals, Molecular Probes, Inc.; Brinkley, 1992, Bioconjugate Chem. 3:2; Garman, 1997, Non-Radioactive Labelling: A Practical Approach, Academic Press, London; Means (1990) Bioconjugate Chem. 1:2; Hermanson, G. in Bioconjugate Techniques (1996) Academic Press, San Diego, pp. 40-55, 643-671). The thiol-reactive reagent may be a drug moiety, a fluorophore such as a fluorescent dye like fluorescein or rhodamine, a chelating agent for an imaging or radiotherapeutic metal, a peptidyl or non-peptidyl label or detection tag, or a clearance-modifying agent such as various isomers of polyethylene glycol, a peptide that binds to a third component, or another carbohydrate or lipophilic agent.
  • Uses of Cysteine Engineered Anti-TENB2 Antibodies
  • Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies, and conjugates thereof may find use as therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents. The present invention further provides methods of preventing, managing, treating or ameliorating one or more symptoms associated with a TENB2 related disorder. In particular, the present invention provides methods of preventing, managing, treating, or ameliorating one or more symptoms associated with a cell proliferative disorder, such as cancer, e.g., ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, uterine cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer and breast cancer. The present invention still further provides methods for diagnosing a TENB2 related disorder or predisposition to developing such a disorder, as well as methods for identifying antibodies, and antigen-binding fragments of antibodies, that preferentially bind cell-associated TENB2 polypeptides.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to the use of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody for the preparation of a medicament useful in the treatment of a condition which is responsive to a TENB2 related disorder.
  • Cysteine Engineered Anti-TENB2 Antibody Drug Conjugates
  • Another aspect of the invention is an antibody-drug conjugate compound comprising a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody (Ab), and an auristatin drug moiety (D) wherein the cysteine engineered antibody is attached through one or more free cysteine amino acids by a linker moiety (L) to D; the compound having Formula I:

  • Ab-(L-D)p  I
  • where p is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and wherein the cysteine engineered antibody is prepared by a process comprising replacing one or more amino acid residues of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody by one or more free cysteine amino acids.
  • FIG. 5 shows embodiments of cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates (ADC) where an auristatin drug moiety is attached to an engineered cysteine group in: the light chain (LC-ADC); the heavy chain (HC-ADC); and the Fc region (Fc-ADC).
  • Potential advantages of cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates include improved safety (larger therapeutic index), improved PK parameters, the antibody interchain disulfide bonds are retained which may stabilize the conjugate and retain its active binding conformation, the sites of drug conjugation are defined, and the preparation of cysteine engineered antibody drug conjugates from conjugation of cysteine engineered antibodies to drug-linker reagents results in a more homogeneous product.
  • Drug Moieties
  • Auristatin drug moieties of the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of Formula I include dolastatins, auristatins (U.S. Pat. No. 5,635,483; U.S. Pat. No. 5,780,588; U.S. Pat. No. 5,767,237; U.S. Pat. No. 6,124,431), and analogs and derivatives thereof. Dolastatins and auristatins have been shown to interfere with microtubule dynamics, GTP hydrolysis, and nuclear and cellular division (Woyke et al (2001) Antimicrob. Agents and Chemother. 45(12):3580-3584) and have anticancer (U.S. Pat. No. 5,663,149) and antifungal activity (Pettit et al (1998) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 42:2961-2965). Various forms of a dolastatin or auristatin drug moiety may be covalently attached to an antibody through the N (amino) terminus or the C (carboxyl) terminus of the peptidic drug moiety (WO 02/088172; Doronina et al (2003) Nature Biotechnology 21(7):778-784; Francisco et al (2003) Blood 102(4): 1458-1465).
  • Exemplary auristatin embodiments include the N-terminus linked monomethylauristatin drug moieties DE and DF, disclosed in: WO 2005/081711; Senter et al, Proceedings of the American Association for Cancer Research, Volume 45, Abstract Number 623, presented Mar. 28, 2004, the disclosure of each which are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety. Exemplary auristatin drug moieties include MMAE, and MMAF.
  • The auristatin drug moiety (D) of the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of Formula I include the monomethylauristatin drug moieties MMAE and MMAF. The N-terminus of the MMAE or MMAF drug moiety is covalently attached via a linker to a engineered cysteine of the antibody.
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00001
  • Other exemplary auristatin drug moieties include monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine carboxy modifications at the C-terminus of the pentapeptide auristatin drug moiety (WO 2007/008848) and monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine sidechain modifications at the C-terminus of the pentapeptide auristatin drug moiety (WO 2007/008603).
  • Typically, peptide-based drug moieties can be prepared by forming a peptide bond between two or more amino acids and/or peptide fragments. Such peptide bonds can be prepared, for example, according to the liquid phase synthesis method (see E. Schröder and K. Lübke, “The Peptides”, volume 1, pp 76-136, 1965, Academic Press) that is well known in the field of peptide chemistry.
  • Linkers
  • “Linker”, “Linker Unit”, or “link” means a chemical moiety comprising a covalent bond or a chain of atoms that covalently attaches an antibody to a drug moiety. In various embodiments, a linker is specified as L. A “Linker” (L) is a bifunctional or multifunctional moiety which can be used to link one or more Drug moieties (D) and an antibody unit (Ab) to form antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of Formula I. Antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) can be conveniently prepared using a Linker having reactive functionality for binding to the Drug and to the Antibody. A cysteine thiol of a cysteine engineered antibody (Ab) can form a bond with an electrophilic functional group of a linker reagent, a drug moiety or drug-linker intermediate.
  • In one aspect, a Linker has a reactive site which has an electrophilic group that is reactive to a nucleophilic cysteine present on an antibody. The cysteine thiol of the antibody is reactive with an electrophilic group on a Linker and forms a covalent bond to a Linker. Useful electrophilic groups include, but are not limited to, maleimide and haloacetamide groups.
  • Linkers include a divalent radical such as an alkyldiyl, an arylene, a heteroarylene, moieties such as: —(CR2)nO(CR2)n—, repeating units of alkyloxy (e.g. polyethylenoxy, PEG, polymethyleneoxy) and alkylamino (e.g. polyethyleneamino, Jeffamine™); and diacid ester and amides including succinate, succinamide, diglycolate, malonate, and caproamide.
  • Cysteine engineered antibodies react with linker reagents or drug-linker intermediates, with electrophilic functional groups such as maleimide or α-halo carbonyl, according to the conjugation method at page 766 of Klussman, et al (2004), Bioconjugate Chemistry 15(4):765-773, and according to the protocol of Example 3.
  • The linker may be composed of one or more linker components. Exemplary linker components include 6-maleimidocaproyl (“MC”), maleimidopropanoyl (“MP”), valine-citrulline (“val-cit” or “vc”), alanine-phenylalanine (“ala-phe” or “af”), p-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl (“PAB”), N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridylthio) pentanoate (“SPP”), N-succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1 carboxylate (“SMCC’), N-Succinimidyl (4-iodo-acetyl) aminobenzoate (“SIAB”), ethyleneoxy —CH2CH2O— as one or more repeating units (“EO” or “PEO”). Additional linker components are known in the art and some are described herein.
  • In one embodiment, linker L of an ADC has the formula:

  • -Aa-Ww—Yy
  • wherein:
  • -A- is a Stretcher unit covalently attached to a cysteine thiol of the antibody (Ab);
  • a is 0 or 1;
  • each —W— is independently an Amino Acid unit;
  • w is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 12;
  • —Y— is a Spacer unit covalently attached to the drug moiety; and
      • y is 0, 1 or 2.
  • Stretcher Unit
  • The Stretcher unit (-A-), when present, is capable of linking an antibody unit to an amino acid unit (—W—). In this regard an antibody (Ab) has a free cysteine thiol group that can form a bond with an electrophilic functional group of a Stretcher Unit. Exemplary stretcher units in Formula I conjugates are depicted by Formulas II and III, wherein Ab-, —W—, —Y—, -D, w and y are as defined above, and R17 is a divalent radical selected from (CH2)r, C3-C8 carbocyclyl, O—(CH2)r, arylene, (CH2)r-arylene, -arylene-(CH2)r—, (CH2)r—(C3-C8 carbocyclyl), (C3-C8 carbocyclyl)-(CH2)r—, C3-C8 heterocyclyl, (CH2)r—(C3-C8 heterocyclyl), —(C3-C8 heterocyclyl)-(CH2)r—, —(CH2)rC(O)NRb(CH2)r—, —(CH2CH2O)r—, —(CH2CH2O)r—CH2—, —(CH2)rC(O)NRb(CH2CH2O)r—, —(CH2)rC(O)NRb(CH2CH2O)r—CH2—, —(CH2CH2O)rC(O)NRb(CH2CH2O)r—, —(CH2CH2O)rC(O)NRb(CH2H2O)r—CH2—, and —(CH2CH2O)rC(O)NRb(CH2)r—; where Rb is H, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; and r is independently an integer ranging from 1-10.
  • Arylene includes divalent aromatic hydrocarbon radicals of 6-20 carbon atoms derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the aromatic ring system. Typical arylene groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from benzene, substituted benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and the like.
  • Heterocyclyl groups include a ring system in which one or more ring atoms is a heteroatom, e.g. nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The heterocycle radical comprises 1 to 20 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S. A heterocycle may be a monocycle having 3 to 7 ring members (2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S) or a bicycle having 7 to 10 ring members (4 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S), for example: a bicyclo[4,5], [5,5], [5,6], or system. Heterocycles are described in Paquette, Leo A.; “Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry” (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; “The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566.
  • Examples of heterocycles include by way of example and not limitation pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, bis-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, bis-tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, thienyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4Ah-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, and isatinoyl.
  • Carbocyclyl groups include a saturated or unsaturated ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms as a monocycle or 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicycle. Monocyclic carbocycles have 3 to 6 ring atoms, still more typically 5 or 6 ring atoms. Bicyclic carbocycles have 7 to 12 ring atoms, e.g. arranged as a bicyclo[4,5], [5,5], [5,6] or [6,6] system, or 9 or 10 ring atoms arranged as a bicyclo[5,6] or [6,6] system. Examples of monocyclic carbocycles include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl, 1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl, 1-cyclohex-3-enyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
  • It is to be understood from all the exemplary embodiments of Formula I ADC such as II-V, that even where not denoted expressly, from 1 to 4 drug moieties are linked to an antibody (p=1-4), depending on the number of engineered cysteine residues.
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00002
  • An illustrative Formula II Stretcher unit is derived from maleimidocaproyl (MC) wherein R17 is —(CH2)5—:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00003
  • An illustrative Stretcher unit of Formula II, and is derived from maleimido-propanoyl (MP) wherein R17 is —(CH2)2—:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00004
  • Another illustrative Stretcher unit of Formula II wherein R17 is —(CH2CH2O)r—CH2— and r is 2:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00005
  • Another illustrative Stretcher unit of Formula II wherein R7 is —(CH2)rC(O)NRb(CH2CH2O)r—CH2— where Rb is H and each r is 2:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00006
  • An illustrative Stretcher unit of Formula III wherein R17 is —(CH2)5—:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00007
  • In another embodiment, the Stretcher unit is linked to the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody via a disulfide bond between the engineered cysteine sulfur atom of the antibody and a sulfur atom of the Stretcher unit. A representative Stretcher unit of this embodiment is depicted by Formula IV, wherein R17, Ab-, —W—, —Y—, -D, w and y are as defined above.

  • Ab-SS—R17—C(O)—Ww—Yy-D)p  IV
  • In yet another embodiment, the reactive group of the Stretcher contains a thiol-reactive functional group that can form a bond with a free cysteine thiol of an antibody. Examples of thiol-reaction functional groups include, but are not limited to, maleimide, α-haloacetyl, activated esters such as succinimide esters, 4-nitrophenyl esters, pentafluorophenyl esters, tetrafluorophenyl esters, anhydrides, acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates and isothiocyanates. Representative Stretcher units of this embodiment are depicted by Formulas Va and Vb, wherein —R17—, Ab-, —W—, —Y—, -D, w and y are as defined above;

  • Ab-SC(O)NH—R17—C(O)—Ww—Yy-D)p  Va

  • Ab-SC(S)NH—R17—C(O)—Ww—Yy-D)p  Vb
  • In another embodiment, the linker may be a dendritic type linker for covalent attachment of more than one drug moiety through a branching, multifunctional linker moiety to an antibody (Sun et al (2002) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 12:2213-2215; Sun et al (2003) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 11:1761-1768; King (2002) Tetrahedron Letters 43:1987-1990). Dendritic linkers can increase the molar ratio of drug to antibody, i.e. loading, which is related to the potency of the ADC. Thus, where a cysteine engineered antibody bears only one reactive cysteine thiol group, a multitude of drug moieties may be attached through a dendritic linker.
  • Amino Acid Unit
  • The linker may comprise amino acid residues. The Amino Acid unit (—Ww-), when present, links the antibody (Ab) to the drug moiety (D) of the cysteine engineered antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) of the invention.
  • —Ww— is a dipeptide, tripeptide, tetrapeptide, pentapeptide, hexapeptide, heptapeptide, octapeptide, nonapeptide, decapeptide, undecapeptide or dodecapeptide unit. Amino acid residues which comprise the Amino Acid unit include those occurring naturally, as well as minor amino acids and non-naturally occurring amino acid analogs, such as citrulline. Each —W— unit independently has the formula denoted below in the square brackets, and w is an integer ranging from 0 to 12:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00008
  • wherein R19 is hydrogen, methyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, benzyl, p-hydroxybenzyl, —CH2OH, —CH(OH)CH3, —CH2CH2SCH3, —CH2CONH2, —CH2COOH, —CH2CH2CONH2, —CH2CH2COOH, —(CH2)3NHC(═NH)NH2, —(CH2)3NH2, —(CH2)3NHCOCH3, —(CH2)3NHCHO, —(CH2)4NHC(═NH)NH2, —(CH2)4NH2, —(CH2)4NHCOCH3, —(CH2)4NHCHO, —(CH2)3NHCONH2, —(CH2)4NHCONH2, —CH2CH2CH(OH)CH2NH2, 2-pyridylmethyl-, 3-pyridylmethyl-, 4-pyridylmethyl-, phenyl, cyclohexyl,
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00009
  • When R19 is other than hydrogen, the carbon atom to which R19 is attached is chiral. Each carbon atom to which R19 is attached is independently in the (S) or (R) configuration, or a racemic mixture. Amino acid units may thus be enantiomerically pure, racemic, or diastereomeric.
  • Exemplary —Ww— Amino Acid units include a dipeptide, a tripeptide, a tetrapeptide or a pentapeptide. Exemplary dipeptides include: valine-citrulline (vc or val-cit), alanine-phenylalanine (af or ala-phe). Exemplary tripeptides include: glycine-valine-citrulline (gly-val-cit) and glycine-glycine-glycine (gly-gly-gly). Amino acid residues which comprise an amino acid linker component include those occurring naturally, as well as minor amino acids and non-naturally occurring amino acid analogs, such as citrulline.
  • The Amino Acid unit can be enzymatically cleaved by one or more enzymes, including a tumor-associated protease, to liberate the Drug moiety (-D), which in one embodiment is protonated in vivo upon release to provide a Drug (D). Amino acid linker components can be designed and optimized in their selectivity for enzymatic cleavage by a particular enzymes, for example, a tumor-associated protease, cathepsin B, C and D, or a plasmin protease.
  • Spacer Unit
  • The Spacer unit (—Yy—), when present (y=1 or 2), links an Amino Acid unit (—Ww—) to the drug moiety (D) when an Amino Acid unit is present (w=1-12). Alternately, the Spacer unit links the Stretcher unit to the Drug moiety when the Amino Acid unit is absent. The Spacer unit also links the drug moiety to the antibody unit when both the Amino Acid unit and Stretcher unit are absent (w, y=0). Spacer units are of two general types: self-immolative and non self-immolative. A non self-immolative Spacer unit is one in which part or all of the Spacer unit remains bound to the Drug moiety after cleavage, particularly enzymatic, of an Amino Acid unit from the antibody-drug conjugate or the Drug moiety-linker. When an ADC containing a glycine-glycine Spacer unit or a glycine Spacer unit undergoes enzymatic cleavage via a tumor-cell associated-protease, a cancer-cell-associated protease or a lymphocyte-associated protease, a glycine-glycine-Drug moiety or a glycine-Drug moiety is cleaved from Ab-Aa-Ww-. In one embodiment, an independent hydrolysis reaction takes place within the target cell, cleaving the glycine-Drug moiety bond and liberating the Drug.
  • In another embodiment, —Yy— is a p-aminobenzylcarbamoyl (PAB) unit whose phenylene portion is substituted with Qm wherein Q is —C1-C8 alkyl, —O—(C1-C8 alkyl), -halogen, -nitro or -cyano; and m is an integer ranging from 0-4.
  • Exemplary embodiments of a non self-immolative Spacer unit (—Y—) are: -Gly-Gly-; -Gly-; -Ala-Phe-; -Val-Cit-.
  • In one embodiment, a Drug moiety-linker or an ADC is provided in which the Spacer unit is absent (y=−0), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Alternatively, an ADC containing a self-immolative Spacer unit can release -D. In one embodiment, —Y— is a PAB group that is linked to —Ww— via the amino nitrogen atom of the PAB group, and connected directly to -D via a carbonate, carbamate or ether group, where the ADC has the exemplary structure:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00010
  • wherein Q is —C1-C8 alkyl, —O—(C1-C8 alkyl), -halogen, -nitro or -cyano; m is an integer ranging from 0-4; and p ranges from 1 to 4.
  • Other examples of self-immolative spacers include, but are not limited to, aromatic compounds that are electronically similar to the PAB group such as 2-aminoimidazol-5-methanol derivatives (Hay et al. (1999) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9:2237), heterocyclic PAB analogs (US 2005/0256030), beta-glucuronide (WO 2007/011968), and ortho or para-aminobenzylacetals. Spacers can be used that undergo cyclization upon amide bond hydrolysis, such as substituted and unsubstituted 4-aminobutyric acid amides (Rodrigues et al (1995) Chemistry Biology 2:223), appropriately substituted bicyclo[2.2.1] and bicyclo[2.2.2] ring systems (Storm et al (1972) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 94:5815) and 2-aminophenylpropionic acid amides (Amsberry, et al (1990) J. Org. Chem. 55:5867). Elimination of amine-containing drugs that are substituted at glycine (Kingsbury et al (1984) J. Med. Chem. 27:1447) are also examples of self-immolative spacer useful in ADCs.
  • Exemplary Spacer units (—Yy—) are represented by Formulas X-XII:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00011
  • In another embodiment, linker L may be a dendritic type linker for covalent attachment of more than one drug moiety through a branching, multifunctional linker moiety to an antibody (Sun et al (2002) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 12:2213-2215; Sun et al (2003) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 11:1761-1768). Dendritic linkers can increase the molar ratio of drug to antibody, i.e. loading, which is related to the potency of the ADC. Thus, where a cysteine engineered antibody bears only one reactive cysteine thiol group, a multitude of drug moieties may be attached through a dendritic linker. Exemplary embodiments of branched, dendritic linkers include 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 2,4,6-tris(hydroxymethyl)-phenol dendrimer units (WO 2004/01993; Szalai et al (2003) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 125:15688-15689; Shamis et al (2004) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 126:1726-1731; Amir et al (2003) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 42:4494-4499).
  • In one embodiment, the Spacer unit is a branched bis(hydroxymethyl)styrene (BHMS), which can be used to incorporate and release multiple drugs, having the structure:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00012
  • comprising a 2-(4-aminobenzylidene)propane-1,3-diol dendrimer unit (WO 2004/043493; de Groot et al (2003) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 42:4490-4494), wherein Q is —C1-C8 alkyl, —O—(C1-C8 alkyl), -halogen, -nitro or -cyano; m is an integer ranging from 0-4; n is 0 or 1; and p ranges ranging from 1 to 4.
  • Exemplary embodiments of the Formula I antibody-drug conjugate compounds include XIIIa (MC), XIIIb (val-cit), XIIIc (MC-val-cit), and XIIId (MC-val-cit-PAB):
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00013
  • Other exemplary embodiments of the Formula Ia antibody-drug conjugate compounds include XIVa-e:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00014
  • Y is:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00015
  • where R is independently H or C1-C6 alkyl; and n is 1 to 12.
  • In another embodiment, a Linker has a reactive functional group which has a nucleophilic group that is reactive to an electrophilic group present on an antibody. Useful electrophilic groups on an antibody include, but are not limited to, aldehyde and ketone carbonyl groups. The heteroatom of a nucleophilic group of a Linker can react with an electrophilic group on an antibody and form a covalent bond to an antibody unit. Useful nucleophilic groups on a Linker include, but are not limited to, hydrazide, oxime, amino, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide. The electrophilic group on an antibody provides a convenient site for attachment to a Linker.
  • Typically, peptide-type Linkers can be prepared by forming a peptide bond between two or more amino acids and/or peptide fragments. Such peptide bonds can be prepared, for example, according to the liquid phase synthesis method (E. Schröder and K. Lübke (1965) “The Peptides”, volume 1, pp 76-136, Academic Press) which is well known in the field of peptide chemistry. Linker intermediates may be assembled with any combination or sequence of reactions including Spacer, Stretcher, and Amino Acid units. The Spacer, Stretcher, and Amino Acid units may employ reactive functional groups which are electrophilic, nucleophilic, or free radical in nature. Reactive functional groups include, but are not limited to carboxyls, hydroxyls, para-nitrophenylcarbonate, isothiocyanate, and leaving groups, such as O-mesyl, O-tosyl, —Cl, —Br, —I; or maleimide.
  • In another embodiment, the Linker may be substituted with groups which modulated solubility or reactivity. For example, a charged substituent such as sulfonate (—SO3 ) or ammonium, may increase water solubility of the reagent and facilitate the coupling reaction of the linker reagent with the antibody or the drug moiety, or facilitate the coupling reaction of Ab-L (antibody-linker intermediate) with D, or D-L (drug-linker intermediate) with Ab, depending on the synthetic route employed to prepare the ADC.
  • Linker Reagents
  • Conjugates of the antibody and auristatin may be made using a variety of bifunctional linker reagents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene).
  • The antibody drug conjugates may also be prepared with linker reagents: BMPEO, BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC-SMCC, MBS, MPBH, SBAP, SIA, SIAB, SMPB, SMPH, sulfo-EMCS, sulfo-GMBS, sulfo-KMUS, sulfo-MBS, sulfo-SIAB, sulfo-SMCC, and sulfo-SMPB, and SVSB (succinimidyl-(4-vinylsulfone)benzoate), and including bis-maleimide reagents: DTME, BMB, BMDB, BMH, BMOE, BM(PEO)3, and BM(PEO)4, which are commercially available from Pierce Biotechnology, Inc., P.O. Box 117, Rockford, Ill. 61105, USA. Bis-maleimide reagents allow the attachment of the thiol group of a cysteine engineered antibody to a thiol-containing drug moiety, label, or linker intermediate, in a sequential or concurrent fashion. Other functional groups besides maleimide, which are reactive with a thiol group of a cysteine engineered antibody, drug moiety, label, or linker intermediate include iodoacetamide, bromoacetamide, vinyl pyridine, disulfide, pyridyl disulfide, isocyanate, and isothiocyanate.
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00016
  • Useful linker reagents can also be obtained via other commercial sources, such as Molecular Biosciences Inc. (Boulder, Colo.), or synthesized in accordance with procedures described in Toki et al (2002) J. Org. Chem. 67:1866-1872; Walker, M. A. (1995) J. Org. Chem. 60:5352-5355; Frisch et al (1996) Bioconjugate Chem. 7:180-186; U.S. Pat. No. 6,214,345; WO 02/088172; US 2003130189; US2003096743; WO 03/026577; WO 03/043583; and WO 04/032828.
  • Stretchers of formula (IIIa) can be introduced into a Linker by reacting the following linker reagents with the N-terminus of an Amino Acid unit:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00017
  • where n is an integer ranging from 1-10 and T is —H or —SO3Na;
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00018
  • where n is an integer ranging from 0-3;
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00019
  • Stretcher units of can be introduced into a Linker by reacting the following bifunctional reagents with the N-terminus of an Amino Acid unit:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00020
  • where X is Br or I.
  • Stretcher units of formula can also be introduced into a Linker by reacting the following bifunctional reagents with the N-terminus of an Amino Acid unit:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00021
  • An exemplary valine-citrulline (val-cit or vc) dipeptide linker reagent having a maleimide Stretcher and a para-aminobenzylcarbamoyl (PAB) self-immolative Spacer has the structure:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00022
  • An exemplary phe-lys(Mtr, mono-4-methoxytrityl) dipeptide linker reagent having a maleimide Stretcher unit and a PAB self-immolative Spacer unit can be prepared according to Dubowchik, et al. (1997) Tetrahedron Letters, 38:5257-60, and has the structure:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00023
  • Exemplary drug-linker intermediates include:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00024
  • Exemplary antibody-drug conjugate compounds of the invention include:
  • Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00025
  • where Val is valine; Cit is citrulline; p is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and Ab is a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody.
  • Preparation of Cysteine Engineered Anti-TENB2 Antibody-Drug Conjugates
  • The ADC of Formula I may be prepared by several routes, employing organic chemistry reactions, conditions, and reagents known to those skilled in the art, including: (1) reaction of a cysteine group of a cysteine engineered antibody with a linker reagent, to form antibody-linker intermediate Ab-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with an activated drug moiety D; and (2) reaction of a nucleophilic group of a drug moiety with a linker reagent, to form drug-linker intermediate D-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with a cysteine group of a cysteine engineered antibody. Conjugation methods (1) and (2) may be employed with a variety of cysteine engineered antibodies, drug moieties, and linkers to prepare the antibody-drug conjugates of Formula I.
  • Antibody cysteine thiol groups are nucleophilic and capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker reagents and drug-linker intermediates including: (i) active esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides, such as haloacetamides; (iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups; and (iv) disulfides, including pyridyl disulfides, via sulfide exchange. Nucleophilic groups on a drug moiety include, but are not limited to: amine, thiol, hydroxyl, hydrazide, oxime, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide groups capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties and linker reagents.
  • Cysteine engineered antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT (Cleland's reagent, dithiothreitol) or TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride; Getz et al (1999) Anal. Biochem. Vol 273:73-80; Soltec Ventures, Beverly, Mass.), followed by reoxidation to reform interchain and intrachain disulfide bonds (Example 2). For example, full length, cysteine engineered monoclonal antibodies (ThioMabs) expressed in CHO cells are reduced with about a 50 fold excess of TCEP for 3 hrs at 37° C. to reduce disulfide bonds in cysteine adducts which may form between the newly introduced cysteine residues and the cysteine present in the culture media. The reduced ThioMab is diluted and loaded onto HiTrap S column in 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 5, and eluted with PBS containing 0.3M sodium chloride. Disulfide bonds were reestablished between cysteine residues present in the parent Mab with dilute (200 nM) aqueous copper sulfate (CuSO4) at room temperature, overnight. Alternatively, dehydroascorbic acid (DHAA) is an effective oxidant to reestablish the intrachain disulfide groups of the cysteine engineered antibody after reductive cleavage of the cysteine adducts. Other oxidants, i.e. oxidizing agents, and oxidizing conditions, which are known in the art may be used. Ambient air oxidation is also effective. This mild, partial reoxidation step forms intrachain disulfides efficiently with high fidelity and preserves the thiol groups of the newly introduced cysteine residues. An approximate 3 fold excess of drug-linker intermediate, e.g. MC-vc-PAB-MMAE, relative to antibody (about 1.5 fold excess relative to newly introduced cysteine residues) was added, mixed, and let stand for about an hour at room temperature to effect conjugation and form the TMEFF2#19 anti-TENB2 antibody-drug conjugate. The conjugation mixture was gel filtered and loaded and eluted through a HiTrap S column to remove excess drug-linker intermediate and other impurities.
  • FIG. 6 shows the general process to prepare a cysteine engineered antibody expressed from cell culture for conjugation. When the cell culture media contains cysteine, disulfide adducts can form between the newly introduced cysteine amino acid and cysteine from media. These cysteine adducts, depicted as a circle in the exemplary ThioMab (left) in FIG. 6, must be reduced to generate cysteine engineered antibodies reactive for conjugation. Cysteine adducts, presumably along with various interchain disulfide bonds, are reductively cleaved to give a reduced form of the antibody with reducing agents such as TCEP. The interchain disulfide bonds between paired cysteine residues are reformed under partial oxidation conditions with copper sulfate, DHAA, or exposure to ambient oxygen. The newly introduced, engineered, and unpaired cysteine residues remain available for reaction with linker reagents or drug-linker intermediates to form the antibody conjugates of the invention. The ThioMabs expressed in mammalian cell lines result in externally conjugated Cys adduct to an engineered Cys through —S—S— bond formation. Hence the purified ThioMabs are treated with the reduction and reoxidation procedures as described in Example 2 to produce reactive ThioMabs. These ThioMabs are used to conjugate with maleimide containing cytotoxic drugs, fluorophores, and other labels.
  • Analysis of cysteine engineered antibody drug conjugate reactions show decreased heterogeneity relative to antibody drug conjugates prepared by reduction of interchain or intrachain disulfide bonds followed by conjugation (standard ADC) with a thiol reactive drug linker intermediate.
  • Methods of Screening
  • Yet another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of determining the presence of a TENB2 polypeptide in a sample suspected of containing the TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises exposing the sample to a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, that binds to the TENB2 polypeptide and determining binding of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to the TENB2 polypeptide in the sample, wherein the presence of such binding is indicative of the presence of the TENB2 polypeptide in the sample. Optionally, the sample may contain cells (which may be cancer cells) suspected of expressing the TENB2 polypeptide. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, employed in the method may optionally be detectably labeled, attached to a solid support, or the like.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of diagnosing the presence of a tumor in a mammal, wherein the method comprises (a) contacting a test sample comprising tissue cells obtained from the mammal with a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, that binds to a TENB2 polypeptide and (b) detecting the formation of a complex between the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, and the TENB2 polypeptide in the test sample, wherein the formation of a complex is indicative of the presence of a tumor in the mammal. Optionally, the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, is detectably labeled, attached to a solid support, or the like, and/or the test sample of tissue cells is obtained from an individual suspected of having a cancerous tumor.
  • In Vitro Cell Proliferation Assays
  • One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method for inhibiting the growth of a cell that expresses a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises contacting the cell with a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to the TENB2 polypeptide causes inhibition of the growth of the cell expressing the TENB2. The cell may be a cancer cell and binding of the cysteine engineered antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to the TENB2 polypeptide causes death of the cell expressing the TENB2 polypeptide.
  • Generally, the cytotoxic or cytostatic activity of an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) is measured by: exposing mammalian cells expressing TENB2 polypeptide to ADC in a cell culture medium; culturing the cells for a period from about 6 hours to about 5 days; and measuring cell viability. Mammalian cells useful for cell proliferation assays include: (1) a TENB2 polypeptide-expressing LuCaP77 tumor xenograft; (2) a PC3-derived cell line engineered to stably express a portion of the TENB2 polypeptide on its cell surface (PC3/TENB2); and (3) a PC3 cell line that does not express TENB2 polypeptide (PC3/neo). Cell-based in vitro assays are used to measure viability (proliferation), cytotoxicity, and induction of apoptosis (caspase activation) of the ADC of the invention.
  • Pharmacokinetics—Serum Clearance and Stability
  • The disposition of the anti-TENB2 antibody-drug conjugates in vivo was analyzed by measuring the serum concentrations of antibody and of drug conjugate after a single intravenous bolus dose into Sprague-Dawley rats. Concentrations of antibody-drug conjugates bearing at least one cytotoxic drug were measured with an ELISA that used anti-MMAE for the capture and biotinylated TENB2 extra-cellular domain (ECD) and streptavidin-horseradish peroxidase (HRP) for detection. Total TMEFF2#19 and ThioTMEFF2#19 concentrations in serum were measured with an ELISA that used TENB2 ECD for capture and anti-□human-Fc HRP as the secondary antibody. This assay measured any anti-TENB2 antibody, both with and without conjugated MMAE. The assays have lower limits of quantitation of 16.4 ng/mL with a minimum dilution of 1:100. The serum concentration-time data from each animal was analyzed using a two-compartment model with IV bolus input, first-order elimination, and macro-rate constants (Model 8, WinNonlin Pro v.5.0.1, Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View, Calif.). Overall goodness of fit was based on the predicted estimate, standard error for the prediction, and percentage of coefficient of variation for primary and secondary parameters, as well as inspection of residual plots between observed and predicted concentration □-time data. Individual primary PK parameters comprised the zero-time intercepts (A and B) associated with the alpha and beta phases, respectively, and the micro-rate constants (alpha and beta). The following modeling options were used: Initial estimates were determined using WinNonlin; Concentrations were weighted by the reciprocal of the predicted concentration squared (1/ŷ2); Nelder-Mead minimization algorithm was used. The following PK parameters were reported: AUC0□INF, CL, Cmax, MRT, t1/2,a, t1/2,b, V1 and Vss.
  • Results of 28-day pharmacokinetics analyses in rats are shown in FIG. 15. Rats were dosed with 5 mg/kg body weight of thio TMEFF2#19-VC-MMAE or 5 mg/kg TMEFF2#19-VC-MMAE. Serum from rats was collected at 5 minutes, 1 hour, 6 hours, 24 hours, and 2, 3, 4, 8, 11, 15, 21, and 28 days after dosing. Dose linearity of kinetics was observed for ch TMEFF2#19-VC-MMAE between 0.5 and 5 mg/kg dose, so the 5 mg/kg dose data have been arithmetically converted to reflect the predicted data at 5 mg/kg for comparison with thio TMEFF2#19-VC-MMAE.
  • Rodent Toxicity
  • The toxicity of cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody-drug conjugates was evaluated in an acute toxicity rat and cynomolgus models. Toxicity of ADC was investigated by treatment of female Sprague-Dawley rats and cynomolgus monkeys with the ADC and subsequent inspection and analysis of the effects on various organs. Based on gross observations (body weights), clinical pathology parameters (serum chemistry and hematology) and histopathology, the toxicity of ADC may be observed, characterized, and measured. It was found that at equivalent dose levels, no target-dependant effects appeared. Target-independent toxicities were observed at doe that exceeded the efficacious doses in animal tumor models.
  • Methods of Treatment
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of therapeutically treating a mammal having a cancerous tumor comprising cells that express a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a cysteine engineered antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, that binds to the TENB2 polypeptide, thereby resulting in the effective therapeutic treatment of the tumor.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method for treating or preventing a cell proliferative disorder associated with altered, preferably increased, expression or activity of a TENB2 polypeptide, the method comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof. An exemplary cell proliferative disorder is cancer. Effective treatment or prevention of the cell proliferative disorder may be a result of direct killing or growth inhibition of cells that express a TENB2 polypeptide or by antagonizing the cell growth potentiating activity of a TENB2 polypeptide with the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof.
  • Yet another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of binding a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to a cell that expresses a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises contacting a cell that expresses a TENB2 polypeptide with said cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, under conditions which are suitable for binding of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to said TENB2 polypeptide and allowing binding therebetween. In preferred embodiments, the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, is labeled with a molecule or compound that is useful for qualitatively and/or quantitatively determining the location and/or amount of binding of the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, to the cell.
  • Other embodiments of the present invention are directed to the use of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, in the preparation of a medicament useful for (i) the therapeutic treatment or diagnostic detection of a cancer or tumor, or (ii) the therapeutic treatment or prevention of a cell proliferative disorder.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, wherein the growth of said cancer cell is at least in part dependent upon the growth potentiating effect(s) of a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises contacting the TENB2 polypeptide with a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, thereby antagonizing the growth-potentiating activity of the TENB2 polypeptide and, in turn, inhibiting the growth of the cancer cell, whereby the growth of the cancer cell is inhibited.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method of therapeutically treating a tumor in a mammal, wherein the growth of said tumor is at least in part dependent upon the growth potentiating effect(s) of a TENB2 polypeptide, wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-TENB2 cysteine engineered antibody, or antibody drug conjugate thereof, that binds to the TENB2 polypeptide, thereby antagonizing the growth potentiating activity of said TENB2 polypeptide and resulting in the effective therapeutic treatment of the tumor.
  • The antibodies, antibody fragments, and conjugates thereof recognize extracellular epitopes of plasma membrane TENB2 proteins that are released into the extracellular fluid. The invention further provides methods for the detection, monitoring and treatment of malignancies such as breast cancer and ovarian cancer using the antibodies, antibody fragments and conjugates.
  • Antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the present invention may be used to treat various diseases or disorders, e.g. characterized by the overexpression of a TENB2 tumor antigen. Exemplary conditions or hyperproliferative disorders include benign or malignant tumors including prostate cancer.
  • The ADC compounds which are identified in the animal models and cell-based assays can be further tested in tumor-bearing higher primates and human clinical trials. The clinical trial may be designed to evaluate the efficacy of an ADC in combinations with known therapeutic regimens, such as radiation and/or chemotherapy involving known chemotherapeutic and/or cytotoxic agents.
  • Generally, the disease or disorder to be treated is a hyperproliferative disease such as cancer. Examples of cancer to be treated herein include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer (e.g. epithelial squamous cell cancer), lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, as well as head and neck cancer.
  • For the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate dosage of an ADC will depend on the type of disease to be treated, as defined above, the severity and course of the disease, whether the molecule is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the antibody, and the discretion of the attending physician. The molecule is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments. Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 pg/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g. 0.1-20 mg/kg) of molecule is an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion. A typical daily dosage might range from about 1 pg/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. An exemplary dosage of ADC to be administered to a patient is in the range of about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg of patient weight.
  • For repeated administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs. An exemplary dosing regimen comprises administering an initial loading dose of about 4 mg/kg, followed by a weekly maintenance dose of about 2 mg/kg of an anti-TENB2 antibody. Other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays including ultrasound imaging.
  • Administration of Antibody-Drug Conjugates
  • The antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention may be administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated. The ADC will typically be administered parenterally, i.e. infusion, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural.
  • Pharmaceutical Formulations
  • Pharmaceutical formulations of therapeutic antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention are typically prepared for parenteral administration, i.e. bolus, intravenous, intratumor injection with a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle and in a unit dosage, sterile injectable form. An antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) having the desired degree of purity is optionally mixed with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (1980) 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed.), in the form of a lyophilized formulation or an aqueous solution.
  • Acceptable diluents, carriers, excipients, and stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • The active pharmaceutical ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980).
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semi permeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the ADC, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinyl alcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma-ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-(−)-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
  • The formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administration routes. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.). Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, croscarmellose, povidone, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate). The aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of ADC may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilized powder. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 μg of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • Although oral administration of protein therapeutics are disfavored due to hydrolysis or denaturation in the gut, formulations of ADC suitable for oral administration may be prepared as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the ADC.
  • The formulations may be packaged in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water, for injection immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • The compositions of the invention may also be formulated as immunoliposomes. A “liposome” is a small vesicle composed of various types of lipids, phospholipids and/or surfactant which is useful for delivery of a drug to a mammal. The components of the liposome are commonly arranged in a bilayer formation, similar to the lipid arrangement of biological membranes. Liposomes containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688; Hwang et al (1980) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 77:4030; U.S. Pat. No. 4,485,045; U.S. Pat. No. 4,544,545; U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556; WO 97/38731. Liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes may be extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter. Fab′fragments of the compositions of the present invention can be conjugated to liposomes (Martin et al (1982) J. Biol. Chem. 257:286-288), via a disulfide interchange reaction. A chemotherapeutic agent is optionally contained within the liposome (Gabizon et al (1989) J. National Cancer Inst. 81(19): 1484.
  • Combination Therapy
  • An antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) of the invention may be combined in a pharmaceutical combination formulation, or dosing regimen as combination therapy, with a second compound having anti-cancer properties. The second compound of the pharmaceutical combination formulation or dosing regimen preferably has complementary activities to the ADC of the combination such that they do not adversely affect each other.
  • The second compound may be a chemotherapeutic agent, cytotoxic agent, cytokine, growth inhibitory agent, anti-hormonal agent, and/or cardioprotectant. Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended. A pharmaceutical composition containing an ADC of the invention may also have a therapeutically effective amount of a chemotherapeutic agent such as a tubulin-forming inhibitor, a topoisomerase inhibitor, a DNA intercalator, or a DNA binder.
  • Other therapeutic regimens may be combined with the administration of an anticancer agent identified in accordance with this invention. The combination therapy may be administered as a simultaneous or sequential regimen. When administered sequentially, the combination may be administered in two or more administrations. The combined administration includes coadministration, using separate formulations or a single pharmaceutical formulation, and consecutive administration in either order, wherein preferably there is a time period while both (or all) active agents simultaneously exert their biological activities.
  • In one embodiment, treatment with an ADC involves the combined administration of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody or antibody-drug conjugate thereof, and one or more chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic biological, or growth inhibitory agents, including coadministration of cocktails of different chemotherapeutic agents. Chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to: taxanes (such as paclitaxel and docetaxel); platinum-containing compounds, such as carboplatin; EGFR inhibitors such as erlotinib, and gefitinib; tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as imatinib; and anthracycline antibiotics (such as doxorubicin or doxil). Therapeutic biological agents to be used in combination with a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody or antibody-drug conjugate thereof include bevacizumab (Avastin®) or pertuzumab (Omnitarg™, Genentech Inc). Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapeutic agents may be used according to manufacturer's instructions or as determined empirically by the skilled practitioner.
  • Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapy are also described in “Chemotherapy Service”, (1992) Ed., M. C. Perry, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.
  • The ADC may be combined with an anti-hormonal compound; e.g., an anti-estrogen compound such as tamoxifen; an anti-progesterone such as onapristone (EP 616812); or an anti-androgen such as flutamide, in dosages known for such molecules. Where the cancer to be treated is hormone independent cancer, the patient may previously have been subjected to anti-hormonal therapy and, after the cancer becomes hormone independent, the ADC (and optionally other agents as described herein) may be administered to the patient. It may be beneficial to also coadminister a cardioprotectant (to prevent or reduce myocardial dysfunction associated with the therapy) or one or more cytokines to the patient. In addition to the above therapeutic regimes, the patient may be subjected to surgical removal of cancer cells and/or radiation therapy.
  • Suitable dosages for any of the above coadministered agents are those presently used and may be lowered due to the combined action (synergy) of the newly identified agent and other chemotherapeutic agents or treatments.
  • The combination therapy may provide “synergy” and prove “synergistic”, i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately. A synergistic effect may be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined, unit dosage formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen. When delivered in alternation therapy, a synergistic effect may be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g. by different injections in separate syringes. In general, during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e. serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
  • Metabolites of the Antibody-Drug Conjugates
  • Also falling within the scope of this invention are the in vivo metabolic products of the ADC compounds described herein, to the extent such products are novel and unobvious over the prior art. Such products may result for example from the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, esterification, enzymatic cleavage, and the like, of the administered compound. Accordingly, the invention includes novel and unobvious compounds produced by a process comprising contacting a compound of this invention with a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof.
  • Metabolite products typically are identified by preparing a radiolabelled (e.g. 14C or 3H) ADC, administering it parenterally in a detectable dose (e.g. greater than about 0.5 mg/kg) to an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur (typically about 30 seconds to 30 hours) and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples. These products are easily isolated since they are labeled (others are isolated by the use of antibodies capable of binding epitopes surviving in the metabolite). The metabolite structures are determined in conventional fashion, e.g. by MS, LC/MS or NMR analysis. In general, analysis of metabolites is done in the same way as conventional drug metabolism studies well-known to those skilled in the art. The conversion products, so long as they are not otherwise found in vivo, are useful in diagnostic assays for therapeutic dosing of the ADC compounds of the invention.
  • Articles of Manufacture
  • In another embodiment of the invention, an article of manufacture, or “kit”, containing materials useful for the treatment of the disorders described above is provided. The article of manufacture comprises a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container. The package insert may refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products and that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, blister pack, etc. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • In one embodiment, the article of manufacture comprises a container and a formulation of a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody, or antibody-drug conjugate thereof, contained within the container. The article may further optionally comprise a label affixed to the container, or a package insert included with the container, that refers to the use of the composition of matter for the therapeutic treatment or diagnostic detection of a tumor. The container holding the formulation is effective for storing and delivering the therapeutic and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). The label or package insert indicates that the formulation is used for treating the condition of choice, such as cancer. Alternatively, or additionally, the article of manufacture may further comprise a second (or third) container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.
  • The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way.
  • All patent and literature references cited in the present specification are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • EXAMPLES
  • Commercially available reagents referred to in the examples were used according to manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise indicated. The source of those cells identified in the following examples, and throughout the specification, by ATCC accession numbers is the American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va.
  • Example 1 Preparation of Anti-TMEFF2#19 Antibodies
  • Humanized TMEFF2#19 antibodies were prepared according to PCT/US03/07209 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,288,248). FIG. 1 shows the heavy chain amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:1) and the light chain amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:2).
  • Example 2 Preparation of Cysteine Engineered Anti-TENB2 Antibodies for Conjugation by Reduction and Reoxidation
  • Full length, cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 monoclonal antibodies (ThioMabs) expressed in CHO cells bear cysteine adducts (cystines) on the engineered cysteines due to cell culture conditions. To liberate the reactive thiol groups of the engineered cysteines, the ThioMabs are dissolved in 500 mM sodium borate and 500 mM sodium chloride at about pH 8.0 and reduced with about a 50-100 fold excess of 1 mM TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride; Getz et al (1999) Anal. Biochem. Vol 273:73-80; Soltec Ventures, Beverly, Mass.) for about 1-2 hrs at 37° C. The reduced ThioMab (FIG. 6) is diluted and loaded onto a HiTrap S column in 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 5, and eluted with PBS containing 0.3M sodium chloride. The eluted reduced ThioMab is treated with 2 mM dehydroascorbic acid (dhAA) at pH 7 for 3 hours, or 2 mM aqueous copper sulfate (CuSO4) at room temperature overnight. Ambient air oxidation may also be effective. The buffer is exchanged by elution over Sephadex G25 resin and eluted with PBS with 1 mM DTPA. The thiol/Ab value is checked by determining the reduced antibody concentration from the absorbance at 280 nm of the solution and the thiol concentration by reaction with DTNB (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wis.) and determination of the absorbance at 412 nm.
  • Example 3 Conjugation of Cysteine Engineered Anti-TENB2 Antibodies and Drug-Linker Intermediates
  • After the reduction and reoxidation procedures of Example 2, the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is dissolved in PBS (phosphate buffered saline) buffer and chilled on ice. About 1.5 molar equivalents relative to engineered cysteines per antibody of an auristatin drug linker intermediate, such as MC-MMAE (maleimidocaproyl-monomethyl auristatin E), MC-MMAF, MC-val-cit-PAB-MMAE, or MC-val-cit-PAB-MMAF, with a thiol-reactive functional group such as maleimido, is dissolved in DMSO, diluted in acetonitrile and water, and added to the chilled reduced, reoxidized antibody in PBS. After about one hour, an excess of maleimide is added to quench the reaction and cap any unreacted antibody thiol groups. The reaction mixture is concentrated by centrifugal ultrafiltration and the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugate is purified and desalted by elution through G25 resin in PBS, filtered through 0.2 m filters under sterile conditions, and frozen for storage.
  • By the procedure above, the following cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody drug conjugates were prepared:
  • thio hu TMEFF2#19-MC-MMAF by conjugation of A114C (Kabat) thio hu TMEFF2#19 and MC-MMAF; and
  • thio hu TMEFF2#19-MC-val-cit-PAB-MMAE by conjugation of A114C (Kabat) thio hu TMEFF2#19 and MC-val-cit-PAB-MMAE.
  • Example 4 Materials and Methods for IHC, Internalization Studies, FACS, Cell Killing Assays, Western Blots, Xenograft Studies, Pharmacokinetic Studies and Safety Assessments
  • Antibodies and Recombinant Proteins: Humanized anti-tenb2 Mab PR1 was obtained from PDL. ThioMab anti-tenB2 PR1(HC-A121C; sequential numbering) and tenB2ECD Flag protein were produced as discussed above.
  • Cell Lines and Human Tumor Xenografts: PC3 is a human prostate carcinoma cell line (ATCC). PC3TenB2 Medium stable cell line was generated by Genentech. Human prostate explant models, LuCap70, 77 and 96.1 were obtained from the University of Washington.
  • RNA and Protein Expression: RNA expression analysis, Immunological procedures (IHC, Western), antibody binding (FACS) and internalization followed previously published methods (Cancer research 64, 781-788 (2004)).
  • Preparation of Conventional or ThioMab Anti-TenB2-Valine-Citrulline(vc)-Monomethylauristatine E(MMAE) and MC-MMAF Armed Drug Conjugated(ADC): The conjugation of conventional, thio-mab and control mab with vc-MMAE, MC-MMAF ADC was performed as described above.
  • In vitro Cell Killing and in vivo Studies: The cell killing assay was done similar to as described in Cancer research 64, 781-788 (2004). Each prostate explant model tumor cell line was maintained by serial transplantation in castrated (androgen independent model, LuCap70) or uncastrated (androgen dependent model, LuCAP77 and LuCAP96. 1), male SCID-beige mice from Charles River lab. Tumors were measured once to twice per week for duration of the study.
  • Rats and Cynomolgus Monkeys Models for Safety Assessment: Anti-tenb2 Mab specifically recognized human, monkey and rats tenb2 target (FS I domain).
  • Pharmacokinetic Study: Standard protocol and assay methods were used.
  • The data demonstrate that human TenB2 (TMEFF2) is generally restricted to expression in the prostate and CNS, with significantly elevated levels in cancerous prostate. Anti-TenB2 antibodies were also demonstrated to be rapidly internalized. These antibodies, when conjugated to MMAE and MMAF were shown to kill prostate tumor cells in vitro and in vivo in various cell killing assays. Furthermore, efficacious doses of TENB2-ADCs were significantly lower than those that are required to elicit toxic effects in rodents and primates.
  • The foregoing written specification is considered to be sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention. The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the construct deposited, since the deposited embodiment is intended as a single illustration of certain aspects of the invention and any constructs that are functionally equivalent are within the scope of this invention. The deposit of material herein does not constitute an admission that the written description herein contained is inadequate to enable the practice of any aspect of the invention, including the best mode thereof, nor is it to be construed as limiting the scope of the claims to the specific illustrations that it represents. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and fall within the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (44)

1. A cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody comprising one or more free cysteine amino acids and a sequence selected from SEQ ID NOS:8-23.
2. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1 wherein the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody binds to a TENB2 polypeptide.
3. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1 prepared by a process comprising replacing one or more amino acid residues of a parent anti-TENB2 antibody by cysteine.
4-7. (canceled)
8. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1 comprising a heavy chain sequence comprising:
SEQ ID NO: 3 MAVLGLLLCLVTFPSCVLSDVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCAVSGY SITSGYYWSWIRQPPGKGLEWMGFISYDGSNKYNPSLKNRITISRD TSKNQFSLKLSSVTAADTAVYYCARGLRRGDYSMDYWGQGTLVTVS SCSTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGA LTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSN TKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMIS RTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTY RVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREP QVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYK TTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQ KSLSLSPGK
9. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1 comprising a light chain sequence comprising:
SEQ ID NO: 2 MDFQVQIFSFLLISASVIMSRGDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCK ASQNVVTAVAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYESASNRHTGVPSRFSGSGSGT DFTLTISSLQPEDGATYYCQQYSSYPFTFGGGTKVEIKRTVAAPSV FIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQSGNSQE SVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTK SFNRGEC
10. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1 wherein the parent anti-TENB2 antibody is selected from a monoclonal antibody, a bispecific antibody, a chimeric antibody, a human antibody, and a humanized antibody.
11. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1 which is an antibody fragment.
12-15. (canceled)
16. A method of determining the presence of a TENB2 protein in a sample suspected of containing said protein, said method comprising exposing said sample to a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1 and determining binding of said antibody to said TENB2 protein in said sample, wherein binding of the antibody to said protein is indicative of the presence of said protein in said sample.
17. The method of claim 16 wherein said sample comprises a cell suspected of expressing said TENB2 protein.
18. The method of claim 16 wherein said cell is a prostate, ovarian, breast, lung, or pancreatic cancer cell.
19. The method of claim 16 wherein the antibody is covalently attached to a label selected from a fluorescent dye, a radioisotope, biotin, or a metal-complexing ligand.
20. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.
21. The cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1 wherein the antibody is covalently attached to an auristatin drug moiety whereby an antibody drug conjugate is formed.
22. The antibody-drug conjugate of claim 21 comprising a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody (Ab), and an auristatin drug moiety (D) wherein the cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody is attached through one or more free cysteine amino acids by a linker moiety (L) to D; the compound having Formula I:

Ab-(L-D)p  I
where p is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
23-33. (canceled)
34. The antibody-drug conjugate compound of claim 21 wherein the parent anti-TENB2 antibody is selected from a monoclonal antibody, a bispecific antibody, a chimeric antibody, a human antibody, and a humanized antibody.
35. The antibody-drug conjugate compound of claim 21 wherein the parent anti-TENB2 antibody is an antibody fragment.
36. (canceled)
37. The antibody drug conjugate of claim 21 wherein the auristatin is MMAE or MMAF.
38. The antibody drug conjugate of claim 21 wherein L is MC-val-cit-PAB or MC.
39. The antibody drug conjugate of claim 21 wherein L is SMCC, SPP, or BMPEO.
40. An antibody-drug conjugate compound selected from the structures:
Figure US20150158952A1-20150611-C00026
wherein Val is valine; Cit is citrulline; p is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and Ab is a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody of claim 1.
41. The antibody drug conjugate of claim 40 wherein Ab comprises SEQ ID NO:1.
42. The antibody drug conjugate of claim 40 wherein Ab comprises SEQ ID NO:2.
43. The antibody drug conjugate of claim 40 wherein Ab comprises SEQ ID NO: 1 and SEQ ID NO:2.
44. An assay for detecting cancer cells comprising:
(a) exposing cells to an antibody-drug conjugate compound of claim 21; and
(b) determining the extent of binding of the antibody-drug conjugate compound to the cells.
45. The assay of claim 44 wherein the cells are prostate, pancreatic, lung, breast, colon or ovarian tumor cells.
46. A method of inhibiting cellular proliferation comprising treating mammalian tumor cells in a cell culture medium with an antibody-drug conjugate compound of claim 21, whereby proliferation of the tumor cells is inhibited.
47. The method of claim 46 wherein the mammalian tumor cells are ovarian tumor cells.
48. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising the antibody drug conjugate of claim 21, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.
49. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 48 further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a chemotherapeutic agent selected from letrozole, oxaliplatin, doxetaxel, 5-FU, lapatinib, capecitabine, leucovorin, erlotinib, pertuzumab, bevacizumab, and gemcitabine.
50. A method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient the pharmaceutical formulation of claim 48.
51. The method of claim 50 wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of prostate cancer, cancer of the urinary tract, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer and ovarian cancer.
52. The method of claim 50 wherein the patient is administered a chemotherapeutic agent in combination with the antibody-drug conjugate compound, where the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from letrozole, cisplatin, carboplatin, taxol, paclitaxel, oxaliplatin, doxetaxel, 5-FU, leucovorin, erlotinib, pertuzumab, bevacizumab, lapatinib, and gemcitabine.
53. An article of manufacture comprising
the pharmaceutical formulation of claim 48;
a container; and
a package insert or label indicating that the compound can be used to treat cancer characterized by the overexpression of a TENB2 polypeptide.
54. The article of manufacture of claim 53 wherein the cancer is ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, cancer of the urinary tract, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, or colon cancer.
55. A method for making an antibody drug conjugate compound comprising a cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibody (Ab) of claim 1, and an auristatin drug moiety (D) wherein the cysteine engineered antibody is attached through the one or more engineered cysteine amino acids by a linker moiety (L) to D; the compound having Formula I:

Ab-(L-D)p  I
where p is 1, 2, 3, or 4; the method comprising the steps of:
(a) reacting an engineered cysteine group of the cysteine engineered antibody with a linker reagent to form antibody-linker intermediate Ab-L; and
(b) reacting Ab-L with an activated drug moiety D; whereby the antibody-drug conjugate is formed;
or comprising the steps of:
(c) reacting a nucleophilic group of a drug moiety with a linker reagent to form drug-linker intermediate D-L; and
(d) reacting D-L with an engineered cysteine group of the cysteine engineered antibody; whereby the antibody-drug conjugate is formed.
56. The method of claim 55 further comprising the step of expressing the cysteine engineered antibody in chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells.
57. The method of claim 56 further comprising the step of treating the expressed cysteine engineered antibody with a reducing agent.
58. The method of claim 57 wherein the reducing agent is selected from TCEP and DTT.
59. The method of claim 57 further comprising the step of treating the expressed cysteine engineered antibody with an oxidizing agent, after treating with the reducing agent.
60. The method of claim 59 wherein the oxidizing agent is selected from copper sulfate, dehydroascorbic acid, and air.
US14/552,244 2007-10-19 2014-11-24 Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates Abandoned US20150158952A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/552,244 US20150158952A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2014-11-24 Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
US15/346,532 US20170166635A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2016-11-08 Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US98141107P 2007-10-19 2007-10-19
US12/288,181 US8937161B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2008-10-16 Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
US14/552,244 US20150158952A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2014-11-24 Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/288,181 Division US8937161B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2008-10-16 Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/346,532 Continuation US20170166635A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2016-11-08 Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20150158952A1 true US20150158952A1 (en) 2015-06-11

Family

ID=40242684

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/288,181 Expired - Fee Related US8937161B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2008-10-16 Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
US14/552,244 Abandoned US20150158952A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2014-11-24 Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
US15/346,532 Abandoned US20170166635A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2016-11-08 Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/288,181 Expired - Fee Related US8937161B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2008-10-16 Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/346,532 Abandoned US20170166635A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2016-11-08 Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates

Country Status (22)

Country Link
US (3) US8937161B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2209808B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5606916B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101622412B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101835803B (en)
AR (1) AR068941A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2008312457B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0818780A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2698541C (en)
CL (1) CL2008003074A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6390071A2 (en)
ES (1) ES2450755T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1143379A1 (en)
IL (1) IL204159A (en)
MX (1) MX2010003718A (en)
MY (1) MY188455A (en)
NZ (1) NZ584514A (en)
PE (2) PE20091112A1 (en)
RU (1) RU2505544C2 (en)
TW (1) TWI438004B (en)
WO (1) WO2009052249A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201001383B (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108602878A (en) * 2015-12-18 2018-09-28 卫材R&D管理有限公司 Immunoglobulin is conjugated in C-terminal lysine
US10363290B2 (en) 2014-10-17 2019-07-30 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Butyrylcholinesterase zwitterionic polymer conjugates
US10702608B2 (en) 2013-09-08 2020-07-07 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Factor VIII zwitterionic polymer conjugates
US11066465B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-07-20 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Antibodies and conjugates thereof
US11155610B2 (en) 2014-06-28 2021-10-26 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Dual PDGF/VEGF antagonists
US11584790B2 (en) 2017-04-14 2023-02-21 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Complement factor D antagonist antibodies and conjugates thereof
US11819531B2 (en) 2009-12-18 2023-11-21 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Multifunctional zwitterionic polymer conjugates
US11912784B2 (en) 2019-10-10 2024-02-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Methods of treating an eye disorder
US12071476B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2024-08-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. IL-6 antibodies and fusion constructs and conjugates thereof

Families Citing this family (184)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100111856A1 (en) 2004-09-23 2010-05-06 Herman Gill Zirconium-radiolabeled, cysteine engineered antibody conjugates
WO2009026274A1 (en) 2007-08-22 2009-02-26 Medarex, Inc. Site-specific attachment of drugs or other agents to engineered antibodies with c-terminal extensions
WO2009052249A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
AR077756A1 (en) 2009-07-15 2011-09-21 Genentech Inc SPECIFIC ANTIBODIES FOR GRAM-POSITIVE BACTERIA
WO2011069104A2 (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-09 Genentech, Inc. Multispecific antibodies, antibody analogs, compositions, and methods
WO2011082187A1 (en) 2009-12-30 2011-07-07 Genentech, Inc. Methods for modulating a pdgf-aa mediated biological response
WO2011118739A1 (en) 2010-03-26 2011-09-29 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Novel antibody having modification site introduced therein, and antibody fragment
WO2011130598A1 (en) 2010-04-15 2011-10-20 Spirogen Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
CN114246952A (en) * 2010-06-08 2022-03-29 基因泰克公司 Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
CN103313990B (en) 2010-11-17 2016-07-20 基因泰克公司 Alanyl maytansinol antibody coupling matter
US8815226B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2014-08-26 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Protein-polymer-drug conjugates
CA2837840C (en) 2011-06-10 2020-08-04 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Protein-polymer-drug conjugates
UY34317A (en) 2011-09-12 2013-02-28 Genzyme Corp T cell antireceptor antibody (alpha) / ß
DK2750713T3 (en) 2011-10-14 2015-12-21 Medimmune Ltd PYRROLOBENZODIAZEPINS AND CONJUGATES THEREOF
US20150030602A1 (en) * 2011-12-23 2015-01-29 Phenoquest Ag Antibodies for the treatment and diagnosis of affective and anxiety disorders
AU2013222935B2 (en) * 2012-02-24 2016-03-10 Alteogen Inc. Modified antibody in which motif comprising cysteine residue is bound, modified antibody-drug conjugate comprising the modified antibody, and production method for same
EP2638916A1 (en) * 2012-03-16 2013-09-18 Covagen AG Novel binding molecules with antitumoral activity
NZ629283A (en) * 2012-03-16 2016-04-29 Covagen Ag Novel binding molecules with antitumoral activity
WO2013177481A1 (en) 2012-05-25 2013-11-28 Immunogen, Inc. Benzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
BR112014030278A2 (en) 2012-06-08 2017-06-27 Sutro Biopharma Inc antibody and composition.
EP3135690A1 (en) * 2012-06-26 2017-03-01 Sutro Biopharma, Inc. Modified fc proteins comprising site-specific non-natural amino acid residues, conjugates of the same, methods of their preparation and methods of their use
KR102006997B1 (en) * 2012-07-03 2019-08-02 한국생명공학연구원 A site-selective binding peptide for IgG Fc and a hybrid molecule comprising the same
AU2013308494B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2018-03-01 Sutro Biopharma, Inc. Modified amino acids comprising an azido group
US9790268B2 (en) 2012-09-12 2017-10-17 Genzyme Corporation Fc containing polypeptides with altered glycosylation and reduced effector function
EP2906251B1 (en) 2012-10-12 2017-09-27 ADC Therapeutics SA Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-cd22 antibody conjugates
WO2014057119A1 (en) 2012-10-12 2014-04-17 Adc Therapeutics Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
US10736903B2 (en) 2012-10-12 2020-08-11 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-PSMA antibody conjugates
PT2906253T (en) 2012-10-12 2018-11-05 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine - anti-psma antibody conjugates
US9931414B2 (en) 2012-10-12 2018-04-03 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
EP2906249B1 (en) 2012-10-12 2018-06-27 MedImmune Limited Synthesis and intermediates of pyrrolobenzodiazepine derivatives for conjugation
CN104703630A (en) 2012-10-12 2015-06-10 斯皮罗根有限公司 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
US10695433B2 (en) 2012-10-12 2020-06-30 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
RS53818B1 (en) 2012-10-12 2015-06-30 Spirogen Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
WO2014096368A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Spirogen Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
JP6527466B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-06-05 メドイミューン・リミテッドMedImmune Limited Asymmetric pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimers for use in the treatment of proliferative and autoimmune diseases
EP2938364A1 (en) * 2012-12-28 2015-11-04 Blend Therapeutics, Inc. Targeted conjugates encapsulated in particles and formulations thereof
CN103933575B (en) 2013-01-23 2017-09-29 上海新理念生物医药科技有限公司 A kind of three flute profile connexons and its application
ES2874493T3 (en) 2013-02-08 2021-11-05 Novartis Ag Specific sites to modify antibodies to generate immunoconjugates
BR112015019909A2 (en) 2013-02-22 2017-08-29 Abbvie Stemcentrx Llc ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, THEIR USES, AND KIT
SG10201809779RA (en) 2013-03-11 2018-12-28 Genzyme Corp Site-specific antibody-drug conjugation through glycoengineering
BR112015023333A8 (en) 2013-03-13 2018-04-17 Medimmune Ltd pyrrolbenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
EA027910B1 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-09-29 Медимьюн Лимитед Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
JP6340019B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2018-06-06 メドイミューン・リミテッドMedImmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine and its conjugates
PE20151769A1 (en) * 2013-04-16 2015-12-11 Genentech Inc PERTUZUMAB VARIANTS AND THEIR EVALAUTION
CN105358574B (en) 2013-05-31 2020-10-16 基因泰克公司 Anti-muramic acid antibodies and conjugates
US9803002B2 (en) 2013-05-31 2017-10-31 Genentench, Inc. Anti-wall teichoic antibodies and conjugates
LT3004162T (en) 2013-05-31 2020-06-10 Genentech, Inc. Anti-wall teichoic antibodies and conjugates
WO2015002486A1 (en) 2013-07-03 2015-01-08 서울대학교산학협력단 Chicken antibody transformed into cysteine and site-specific conjugation using same
WO2015006555A2 (en) 2013-07-10 2015-01-15 Sutro Biopharma, Inc. Antibodies comprising multiple site-specific non-natural amino acid residues, methods of their preparation and methods of their use
EA201690195A1 (en) 2013-08-12 2016-05-31 Дженентек, Инк. ANTIBODY CONJUGATE CONNECTIONS ON THE BASIS OF DIMER 1- (HLORMETHYL) -2,3-DIGYDRO-1H-BENZO [E] INDOL AND METHODS OF APPLICATION AND TREATMENT
EP3038644B1 (en) 2013-08-28 2021-04-07 AbbVie Stemcentrx LLC Site-specific antibody conjugation methods and compositions
WO2015052532A1 (en) 2013-10-11 2015-04-16 Spirogen Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
GB201317982D0 (en) 2013-10-11 2013-11-27 Spirogen Sarl Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
ES2754397T3 (en) 2013-10-11 2020-04-17 Asana Biosciences Llc Protein-polymer-drug conjugates
GB201317981D0 (en) 2013-10-11 2013-11-27 Spirogen Sarl Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
EP3054985B1 (en) 2013-10-11 2018-12-26 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
AU2014331714B2 (en) 2013-10-11 2019-05-02 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Protein-polymer-drug conjugates
WO2015052535A1 (en) 2013-10-11 2015-04-16 Spirogen Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
CN107106700B (en) 2013-12-16 2020-10-30 基因泰克公司 Peptidomimetic compounds and antibody-drug conjugates thereof
RU2689388C1 (en) 2013-12-16 2019-05-28 Дженентек, Инк. Peptidomimetic compounds and their conjugates of antibodies with drugs
MX2016007578A (en) 2013-12-16 2016-10-03 Genentech Inc 1-(chloromethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1h-benzo[e]indole dimer antibody-drug conjugate compounds, and methods of use and treatment.
WO2015127407A1 (en) 2014-02-21 2015-08-27 Stemcentrx, Inc. Anti-dll3 antibodies and drug conjugates for use in melanoma
CN104788566A (en) * 2014-03-11 2015-07-22 南京任诺药业有限公司 Modification antibody IgG1-CH-V280C for constructing radioisotope coupling labeled ADC drug
CN104672330A (en) * 2014-03-11 2015-06-03 南京任诺药业有限公司 Engineered antibody IgG1-CH-N267C of ADC (antibody-drug conjugate) for building radioactive isotope conjugation label
DK3129067T5 (en) 2014-03-19 2024-10-14 Genzyme Corp SITE-SPECIFIC GLYCOMODIFICATION OF TARGETING MOBILITIES
US10285955B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2019-05-14 Af Chemicals, Llc Affinity medicant conjugate
JP2017518359A (en) 2014-04-10 2017-07-06 エイエフ ケミカルス, エルエルシーAf Chemicals, Llc Affinity drug conjugate
US11135182B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2021-10-05 Af Chemicals, Llc Affinity medicant conjugates
GB201406767D0 (en) 2014-04-15 2014-05-28 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Humanized anti-Tn-MUC1 antibodies anf their conjugates
UA120364C2 (en) 2014-04-25 2019-11-25 Пьєр Фабр Медікамент Igf-1r antibody-drug-conjugate and its use for the treatment of cancer
PT3134438T (en) 2014-04-25 2020-12-31 Pf Medicament Igf-1r antibody and its use as addressing vehicle for the treatment of cancer
PT3134125T (en) 2014-04-25 2020-01-13 Pf Medicament Antibody-drug-conjugate and its use for the treatment of cancer
US10273208B2 (en) * 2014-05-23 2019-04-30 Northwestern University Screening methods for the binding affinity of chemical entities to biological molecules and NEDD4-1 inhibitors identified by the screening methods
CN106687141A (en) 2014-09-10 2017-05-17 麦迪穆有限责任公司 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
GB201416112D0 (en) 2014-09-12 2014-10-29 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
EP3388449A3 (en) 2014-09-12 2018-10-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
CN106714844B (en) 2014-09-12 2022-08-05 基因泰克公司 Anthracycline disulfide intermediates, antibody-drug conjugates and methods
MX2017003472A (en) 2014-09-17 2017-10-31 Genentech Inc Immunoconjugates comprising anti-her2 antibodies and pyrrolobenzodiazepines.
EP3235820A1 (en) 2014-09-17 2017-10-25 Genentech, Inc. Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof
SG10202002153PA (en) 2014-10-09 2020-05-28 Genzyme Corp Glycoengineered antibody drug conjugates
JP6878287B2 (en) 2014-11-25 2021-05-26 アーデーセー セラピューティクス ソシエテ アノニム Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugate
CA2969689A1 (en) 2014-12-03 2016-06-09 Genentech, Inc. Quaternary amine compounds and antibody-drug conjugates thereof
BR112017011478A2 (en) 2014-12-03 2018-02-27 Genentech, Inc. antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound, antibody-antibiotic conjugate, pharmaceutical composition, methods of treating a bacterial infection and exterminating staph aureus, process for compound preparation, kit and antibiotic-binder intermediate
KR20170086536A (en) 2014-12-03 2017-07-26 제넨테크, 인크. Anti-staphylococcus aureus antibody rifamycin conjugates and uses thereof
MX2017012982A (en) 2015-04-10 2018-07-06 Univ Jefferson Methods and compositions for treating cancers and enhancing therapeutic immunity by selectively reducing immunomodulatory m2 monocytes.
GB201506402D0 (en) 2015-04-15 2015-05-27 Berkel Patricius H C Van And Howard Philip W Site-specific antibody-drug conjugates
GB201506389D0 (en) 2015-04-15 2015-05-27 Berkel Patricius H C Van And Howard Philip W Site-specific antibody-drug conjugates
GB201506411D0 (en) 2015-04-15 2015-05-27 Bergenbio As Humanized anti-axl antibodies
GB201514928D0 (en) 2015-08-21 2015-10-07 King S College London PDD compounds
CA2996600A1 (en) * 2015-09-22 2017-03-30 Synthon Biopharmaceuticals B.V. Syd985 treatment of t-dm1 refractory cancer patients
MA45326A (en) 2015-10-20 2018-08-29 Genentech Inc CALICHEAMICIN-ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES AND METHODS OF USE
CA3002765C (en) 2015-10-26 2023-02-28 Pierre Fabre Medicament Composition for the treatment of igf-1r expressing cancer
US9669106B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2017-06-06 Pierre Fabre Medicament Conjugate of monomethyl auristatin F and trastuzumab and its use for the treatment of cancer
MA44334A (en) 2015-10-29 2018-09-05 Novartis Ag ANTIBODY CONJUGATES INCLUDING A TOLL-TYPE RECEPTOR AGONIST
US11173214B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2021-11-16 Legochem Biosciences, Inc. Antibody-drug conjugates comprising branched linkers and methods related thereto
US10689458B2 (en) 2015-11-30 2020-06-23 Pfizer Inc. Site specific HER2 antibody drug conjugates
GB201601431D0 (en) 2016-01-26 2016-03-09 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines
SG11201806419RA (en) 2016-01-27 2018-08-30 Sutro Biopharma Inc Anti-cd74 antibody conjugates, compositions comprising anti-cd74 antibody conjugates and methods of using anti-cd74 antibody conjugates
GB201602356D0 (en) 2016-02-10 2016-03-23 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
GB201602359D0 (en) 2016-02-10 2016-03-23 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
MD3423105T2 (en) * 2016-03-02 2021-10-31 Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd Eribulin-based antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use
CA3012046C (en) 2016-03-04 2020-11-10 Genentech, Inc. Process for the preparation of an antibody-rifamycin conjugate
EP4273551A3 (en) 2016-03-25 2024-01-17 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Multiplexed total antibody and antibody-conjugated drug quantification assay
GB201607478D0 (en) 2016-04-29 2016-06-15 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
JP2019522633A (en) 2016-05-20 2019-08-15 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド PROTAC antibody conjugates and methods of use
US20170370906A1 (en) 2016-05-27 2017-12-28 Genentech, Inc. Bioanalytical analysis of site-specific antibody drug conjugates
EP3464280B1 (en) 2016-06-06 2021-10-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Silvestrol antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use
JP2019530434A (en) 2016-08-05 2019-10-24 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド Multivalent and multi-epitope antibodies with agonist activity and methods of use
EP3522933B1 (en) 2016-10-05 2021-12-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Methods for preparing antibody drug conjugates
CN117398475A (en) * 2016-10-08 2024-01-16 四川百利药业有限责任公司 Cysteine engineered antibody-toxin conjugates and methods of making same
GB201617466D0 (en) 2016-10-14 2016-11-30 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
GB201702031D0 (en) 2017-02-08 2017-03-22 Medlmmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
CA3047683C (en) 2017-02-08 2020-03-10 Adc Therapeutics Sa Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
EP3579883B1 (en) 2017-02-08 2021-08-11 ADC Therapeutics SA Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
DK3612537T3 (en) 2017-04-18 2022-08-08 Medimmune Ltd PYRROLOBENZODIAZEPIN CONJUGATES
PL3612234T3 (en) 2017-04-20 2024-09-02 Adc Therapeutics Sa Combination therapy with an anti-axl antibody-drug conjugate
BR112019026564A2 (en) 2017-06-14 2020-06-30 Adc Therapeutics Sa dosing regimens for administration of an anti-cd19 adc
CN111065638B (en) 2017-08-18 2021-04-09 麦迪穆有限责任公司 Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
GB201803342D0 (en) 2018-03-01 2018-04-18 Medimmune Ltd Methods
GB201806022D0 (en) 2018-04-12 2018-05-30 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
CA3099680A1 (en) 2018-05-09 2019-11-14 Legochem Biosciences, Inc. Compositions and methods related to anti-cd19 antibody drug conjugates
BR112020023416A2 (en) 2018-05-24 2021-02-17 Janssen Biotech, Inc. monospecific and multispecific anti-tmeff2 antibodies and their uses
GB201814281D0 (en) 2018-09-03 2018-10-17 Femtogenix Ltd Cytotoxic agents
WO2020081493A1 (en) 2018-10-16 2020-04-23 Molecular Templates, Inc. Pd-l1 binding proteins
CN113286617A (en) 2018-10-19 2021-08-20 免疫医疗有限公司 Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
JP7259024B2 (en) 2018-10-19 2023-04-17 メドイミューン・リミテッド pyrrolobenzodiazepine complex
CN113227119A (en) 2018-12-10 2021-08-06 基因泰克公司 Photocrosslinked peptides for site-specific conjugation to Fc-containing proteins
US11160807B1 (en) 2018-12-11 2021-11-02 Af Chemicals, Llc Methods, compositions and devices for treating cancer with illudofulvenes
GB201901197D0 (en) 2019-01-29 2019-03-20 Femtogenix Ltd G-A Crosslinking cytotoxic agents
JP7232925B2 (en) 2019-02-15 2023-03-03 ウーシー バイオロジクス アイルランド リミテッド Process for preparing antibody drug conjugates with improved homogeneity
US12109273B2 (en) 2019-02-15 2024-10-08 Wuxi Xdc Singapore Private Limited Process for preparing antibody-drug conjugates with improved homogeneity
KR102503143B1 (en) * 2019-03-06 2023-02-24 주식회사 레고켐 바이오사이언스 Antibody-drug conjugate comprising antibody against human DLK1 and its use
KR20210139270A (en) 2019-03-15 2021-11-22 메드임뮨 리미티드 Azetidobenzodiazepine dimers and conjugates comprising the same for use in the treatment of cancer
BR112021018986A2 (en) 2019-03-29 2022-01-18 Medimmune Ltd Compounds and conjugates thereof
GB201908128D0 (en) 2019-06-07 2019-07-24 Adc Therapeutics Sa Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
AU2020291014A1 (en) 2019-06-13 2022-01-27 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Aminobenzazepine compounds, immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
CA3148694A1 (en) 2019-09-03 2021-03-11 Romas Kudirka Aminoquinoline compounds, immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
US11918649B2 (en) 2019-09-18 2024-03-05 Molecular Templates, Inc. PD-L1-binding molecules comprising Shiga toxin a subunit scaffolds
US20220347310A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2022-11-03 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Amide-linked, aminobenzazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
US20240123081A1 (en) 2019-10-25 2024-04-18 Medimmune, Llc Branched moiety for use in conjugates
CA3155077A1 (en) 2019-10-25 2021-04-29 Romas Kudirka Thienoazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
US11591295B2 (en) 2019-11-25 2023-02-28 Af Chemicals Llc Affinity illudofulvene conjugates
TW202140076A (en) 2020-01-22 2021-11-01 英商梅迪繆思有限公司 Compounds and conjugates thereof
EP4093439A1 (en) 2020-01-22 2022-11-30 MedImmune Limited Compounds and conjugates thereof
JP2023524271A (en) 2020-05-08 2023-06-09 ボルト バイオセラピューティクス、インコーポレーテッド Elastase-substrate peptide linker immunoconjugates and uses thereof
GB2597532A (en) 2020-07-28 2022-02-02 Femtogenix Ltd Cytotoxic compounds
GB202011993D0 (en) 2020-07-31 2020-09-16 Adc Therapeutics Sa ANTI-IL 13Ra2 antibodies
CN116234586A (en) 2020-08-13 2023-06-06 博尔特生物治疗药物有限公司 Pyrazoloazepine immunoconjugates and uses thereof
AU2021337687A1 (en) 2020-09-04 2023-03-23 Novarock Biotherapeutics, Ltd. Nectin-4 antibodies and uses thereof
IL301041A (en) 2020-09-11 2023-05-01 Medimmune Ltd Therapeutic b7-h4 binding molecules
CA3200168A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-16 Shelley Erin ACKERMAN Anti-pd-l1 immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
CN116744978A (en) 2020-12-11 2023-09-12 博尔特生物治疗药物有限公司 anti-HER 2 immunoconjugates and uses thereof
US20220195066A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-23 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Anti-cea immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
CN116635084A (en) 2020-12-11 2023-08-22 博尔特生物治疗药物有限公司 anti-CEA immunoconjugates and uses thereof
EP4259211A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2023-10-18 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Anti-her2 immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
EP4046996A1 (en) 2021-02-19 2022-08-24 Universität Bielefeld Cryptophycin compounds and conjugates thereof
WO2022197945A1 (en) 2021-03-17 2022-09-22 Molecular Templates, Inc. Pd-l1 binding proteins comprising shiga toxin a subunit scaffolds and cd8+ t cell antigens
WO2022197877A1 (en) 2021-03-19 2022-09-22 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for time delayed bio-orthogonal release of cytotoxic agents
TW202300175A (en) 2021-03-26 2023-01-01 美商博特生物治療公司 2-amino-4-carboxamide-benzazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
EP4313162A1 (en) 2021-03-26 2024-02-07 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2-amino-4-carboxamide-benzazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
GB202105187D0 (en) 2021-04-12 2021-05-26 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
WO2023076599A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Tlr agonist immunoconjugates with cysteine-mutant antibodies, and uses thereof
EP4429765A1 (en) 2021-11-10 2024-09-18 Astrazeneca AB Antibody molecules and conjugates
US20230285580A1 (en) 2021-11-19 2023-09-14 Adc Therapeutics Sa Anti-il-13ralpha2 conjugates
WO2023088966A1 (en) 2021-11-19 2023-05-25 Adc Therapeutics Sa Anti-psma conjugates
CN114214341B (en) * 2021-12-30 2023-12-26 山西大学 Application of tomato SlSERAT1, 1 gene or fragment thereof in plant development process
TW202348252A (en) 2022-02-16 2023-12-16 英商梅迪繆思有限公司 Combination therapies for treatment of cancer with therapeutic binding molecules
EP4230222A1 (en) 2022-02-17 2023-08-23 Oxsonics Limited Combination therapy with an anti-axl antibody-pbd conjugate and nanocups
IL315178A (en) 2022-02-28 2024-10-01 Adc Therapeutics Sa Dosage regimen
WO2023169896A1 (en) 2022-03-09 2023-09-14 Astrazeneca Ab BINDING MOLECULES AGAINST FRα
IL314452A (en) 2022-03-11 2024-09-01 Astrazeneca Ab A scoring method for an anti-frα antibody-drug conjugate therapy
CN118829451A (en) * 2022-04-29 2024-10-22 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 Antibody drug conjugate, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
TW202417040A (en) 2022-06-27 2024-05-01 瑞典商阿斯特捷利康公司 Combinations involving epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2024052684A1 (en) 2022-09-09 2024-03-14 MyricX Pharma Limited Antibody drug conjugate comprising nmt inhibitor and its use
WO2024094688A1 (en) 2022-11-01 2024-05-10 Heidelberg Pharma Research Gmbh Anti-gucy2c antibody and uses thereof
WO2024127332A1 (en) 2022-12-14 2024-06-20 Pheon Therapeutics Ltd Cytotoxic compounds
WO2024137619A1 (en) 2022-12-20 2024-06-27 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Anti-claudin, bis-benzimid azole sting agonist immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
WO2024138128A2 (en) 2022-12-23 2024-06-27 Genentech, Inc. Cereblon degrader conjugates, and uses thereof
EP4410314A1 (en) 2023-02-02 2024-08-07 ADC Therapeutics SA Combination therapy comprising anti-cd22 antibody-drug conjugate and irak1 inhibitor
WO2024173387A1 (en) 2023-02-14 2024-08-22 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Aza-benzazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
WO2024170660A1 (en) 2023-02-16 2024-08-22 Astrazeneca Ab Combination therapies for treatment of cancer with therapeutic binding molecules
WO2024186626A1 (en) 2023-03-03 2024-09-12 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Aza-bicyclic sting agonist immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
WO2024189048A1 (en) 2023-03-13 2024-09-19 Heidelberg Pharma Research Gmbh Subcutaneously administered antibody-drug conjugates for use in cancer treatment
GB202407700D0 (en) 2024-05-30 2024-07-17 Francis Crick Institute Ltd F-actin binding agents

Family Cites Families (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5240912A (en) 1983-05-09 1993-08-31 Todaro George J Transforming growth factor (TGF) peptides
DE3587022T2 (en) 1984-02-17 1993-06-17 Genentech Inc HUMAN TRANSFORMATION GROWTH FACTOR AND PRECURSOR OR FRAGMENT THEREOF, CELLS, DNA, VECTORS AND METHODS FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, COMPOSITIONS AND PRODUCTS THAT CONTAIN THESE, AND ANTI-OXIDERS AND DIAGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM THEM.
US4975278A (en) 1988-02-26 1990-12-04 Bristol-Myers Company Antibody-enzyme conjugates in combination with prodrugs for the delivery of cytotoxic agents to tumor cells
GB8720833D0 (en) 1987-09-04 1987-10-14 Celltech Ltd Recombinant dna product
US5182261A (en) 1989-07-13 1993-01-26 The Rockefeller University Modified transforming growth factor alpha oligopeptides and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
WO1994006474A1 (en) 1992-09-16 1994-03-31 Galagen Inc. ANTIBODY TREATMENT OF $i(HELICOBACTER PYLORI)
US5333033A (en) 1992-10-08 1994-07-26 Eastman Kodak Company Apparatus for transporting a film cartridge through a photofinishing process
US5635483A (en) 1992-12-03 1997-06-03 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tumor inhibiting tetrapeptide bearing modified phenethyl amides
US6214345B1 (en) 1993-05-14 2001-04-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Lysosomal enzyme-cleavable antitumor drug conjugates
CA2173150C (en) 1993-10-01 2004-11-30 Kyoichi Sakakibara Novel peptide derivatives
EP0679716A4 (en) 1993-11-12 1999-06-09 Kenichi Matsubara Gene signature.
US5633147A (en) 1994-03-08 1997-05-27 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Transforming growth factor αH1
US6410506B1 (en) 1995-05-19 2002-06-25 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Transforming growth factor α HII
ES2148799T3 (en) 1995-09-18 2000-10-16 Intracel Corp NEUTRALIZING MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AGAINST RESPIRATORY SINCITIAL VIRUS.
CA2242633A1 (en) 1996-01-04 1997-07-17 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Transforming growth factor alpha hiii
JP3646191B2 (en) 1996-03-19 2005-05-11 大塚製薬株式会社 Human gene
US20020025551A1 (en) 1998-04-09 2002-02-28 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Novel molecules of the t129-related protein family and uses thereof
US6753165B1 (en) 1999-01-14 2004-06-22 Bolder Biotechnology, Inc. Methods for making proteins containing free cysteine residues
US6248564B1 (en) 1997-08-29 2001-06-19 Harvard University Mutant MHC class I molecules
KR100473836B1 (en) * 1997-10-03 2005-03-07 츄가이 세이야꾸 가부시키가이샤 Natural humanized antibody
US6333033B1 (en) 1998-08-26 2001-12-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Autoantibody inhibitors
US7097840B2 (en) 2000-03-16 2006-08-29 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treatment using anti-ErbB antibody-maytansinoid conjugates
EP1311674A2 (en) 2000-08-24 2003-05-21 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US20040018194A1 (en) 2000-11-28 2004-01-29 Francisco Joseph A. Recombinant anti-CD30 antibodies and uses thereof
US20030083263A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2003-05-01 Svetlana Doronina Pentapeptide compounds and uses related thereto
US6884869B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2005-04-26 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Pentapeptide compounds and uses related thereto
US20040235068A1 (en) 2001-09-05 2004-11-25 Levinson Arthur D. Methods for the identification of polypeptide antigens associated with disorders involving aberrant cell proliferation and compositions useful for the treatment of such disorders
US20050123536A1 (en) 2001-11-20 2005-06-09 Che-Leung Law Treatment of immunological disorders using anti-dc30 antibodies
US20070237770A1 (en) 2001-11-30 2007-10-11 Albert Lai Novel compositions and methods in cancer
WO2003049704A2 (en) 2001-12-11 2003-06-19 University Of Massachusetts Antibodies to treat cancer
DE10161625A1 (en) 2001-12-14 2003-07-10 Epigenomics Ag Methods and nucleic acids for the analysis of a pulmonary cell division disorder
EP1485126A4 (en) 2001-12-21 2007-03-21 Idexx Lab Inc Canine immunoglobulin variable domains, caninized antibodies, and methods for making and using them
EP1340818A1 (en) 2002-02-27 2003-09-03 Epigenomics AG Method and nucleic acids for the analysis of a colon cell proliferative disorder
DE60321041D1 (en) 2002-03-08 2008-06-26 Pdl Biopharma Inc ANTIBODY TO CANCERANT TMEFF2 AND ITS APPLICATIONS
US20050180972A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2005-08-18 Wahl Alan F. Anti-CD20 antibody-drug conjugates for the treatment of cancer and immune disorders
EP1391213A1 (en) 2002-08-21 2004-02-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Compositions and methods for treating cancer using maytansinoid CD44 antibody immunoconjugates and chemotherapeutic agents
JP4649331B2 (en) 2002-10-01 2011-03-09 エピゲノミクス アーゲー Improved treatment method and nucleic acid for breast cell proliferation disorder
WO2004042017A2 (en) 2002-10-31 2004-05-21 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for increasing antibody production
WO2004050849A2 (en) 2002-12-02 2004-06-17 The Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Recombinant immunotoxin and use in treating tumors
AU2004205684A1 (en) 2003-01-23 2004-08-05 Genentech, Inc. Methods for producing humanized antibodies and improving yield of antibodies or antigen binding fragments in cell culture
KR101438983B1 (en) 2003-11-06 2014-09-05 시애틀 지네틱스, 인크. Monomethylvaline compounds capable of conjugation to ligands
EP1692316A2 (en) 2003-12-11 2006-08-23 Epigenomics AG Method and nucleic acids for the improved treatment of breast cell proliferative disorders
EP1753463A2 (en) 2004-06-01 2007-02-21 Genentech, Inc. Antibody drug conjugates and methods
RU2412947C2 (en) * 2004-09-23 2011-02-27 Дженентек, Инк. Antibodies, constructed on cysteine basis and their conjugates
EP1951336A2 (en) 2005-07-18 2008-08-06 The Trustees Of Boston University Method to inhibit proliferation and growth of metastases
PT1982178E (en) 2006-02-07 2013-10-24 Max Planck Gesellschaft Methods for the treatment of affective disorders
US7754428B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2010-07-13 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Fetal methylation markers
CN103030696B (en) 2006-05-30 2016-09-28 健泰科生物技术公司 Antibody and immune conjugate and application thereof
WO2008017411A2 (en) 2006-08-08 2008-02-14 Epigenomics Ag A method for methylation analysis of nucleic acid
US7834154B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2010-11-16 Genentech, Inc. Anti-ROBO4 antibodies and uses therefor
TW200902554A (en) 2007-05-08 2009-01-16 Genentech Inc Cysteine engineered anti-MUC16 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
AU2008276128B2 (en) 2007-07-16 2013-10-10 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-CD79b antibodies and immunoconjugates and methods of use
CL2008002085A1 (en) 2007-07-16 2008-11-21 Genentech Inc Humanized anti-cd79b / igbeta / b29 antibody; coding polynucleotide, vector, host cell; manufacturing method; immunoconjugate; pharmaceutical composition; use to treat cancer; in vitro method to determine the presence of cd79b, or inhibit growth of quqe cells expressing cd79b; in vitro assay to detect b cells
WO2009052249A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11819531B2 (en) 2009-12-18 2023-11-21 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Multifunctional zwitterionic polymer conjugates
US10702608B2 (en) 2013-09-08 2020-07-07 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Factor VIII zwitterionic polymer conjugates
US11590235B2 (en) 2013-09-08 2023-02-28 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Factor VIII zwitterionic polymer conjugates
US11155610B2 (en) 2014-06-28 2021-10-26 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Dual PDGF/VEGF antagonists
US10363290B2 (en) 2014-10-17 2019-07-30 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Butyrylcholinesterase zwitterionic polymer conjugates
US11071771B2 (en) 2014-10-17 2021-07-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Butyrylcholinesterase zwitterionic polymer conjugates
CN108602878A (en) * 2015-12-18 2018-09-28 卫材R&D管理有限公司 Immunoglobulin is conjugated in C-terminal lysine
US11066465B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-07-20 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Antibodies and conjugates thereof
US11584790B2 (en) 2017-04-14 2023-02-21 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Complement factor D antagonist antibodies and conjugates thereof
US12071476B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2024-08-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. IL-6 antibodies and fusion constructs and conjugates thereof
US11912784B2 (en) 2019-10-10 2024-02-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Methods of treating an eye disorder

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011504460A (en) 2011-02-10
US8937161B2 (en) 2015-01-20
AU2008312457A1 (en) 2009-04-23
CA2698541A1 (en) 2009-04-23
ES2450755T3 (en) 2014-03-25
CL2008003074A1 (en) 2009-12-28
RU2010119937A (en) 2011-11-27
US20090117100A1 (en) 2009-05-07
HK1143379A1 (en) 2010-12-31
JP2013173776A (en) 2013-09-05
CA2698541C (en) 2018-01-09
EP2209808A1 (en) 2010-07-28
US20170166635A1 (en) 2017-06-15
NZ584514A (en) 2012-07-27
WO2009052249A1 (en) 2009-04-23
AU2014203779A1 (en) 2014-07-31
AU2008312457B2 (en) 2014-04-17
PE20140833A1 (en) 2014-07-14
CN101835803A (en) 2010-09-15
PE20091112A1 (en) 2009-07-25
TW200927172A (en) 2009-07-01
MX2010003718A (en) 2010-04-21
ZA201001383B (en) 2011-04-28
RU2505544C2 (en) 2014-01-27
JP5606916B2 (en) 2014-10-15
CO6390071A2 (en) 2012-02-29
CN101835803B (en) 2016-05-25
MY188455A (en) 2021-12-09
BRPI0818780A2 (en) 2015-04-22
KR101622412B1 (en) 2016-05-18
TWI438004B (en) 2014-05-21
IL204159A (en) 2016-02-29
EP2209808B1 (en) 2014-01-15
AR068941A1 (en) 2009-12-16
KR20100090267A (en) 2010-08-13
AU2008312457A2 (en) 2010-06-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8937161B2 (en) Cysteine engineered anti-TENB2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
USRE47194E1 (en) Cysteine engineered anti-MUC16 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
US20170362318A1 (en) Compositions and methods for the treatment of tumor hematopoietic origin
RU2587621C2 (en) ANTI-FcRH5 ANTIBODIES, IMMUNOCONJUGATES THEREOF AND METHODS FOR USE THEREOF
US20180000962A1 (en) Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
TWI640535B (en) Anti-cd79b antibodies and immunoconjugates and methods of use
SG183023A1 (en) Anti-cd79b antibodies and immunoconjugates and methods of use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION